‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-476-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﺤﺙ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﺒﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺒﺼﻔﺎﻗﺱ‪-‬ﺘﻭﻨﺱ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-477-‬‬
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ‬‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺭ‬

.‫ﻭﺃﺜﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻥ‬

Abstract:
This research aims to study the right to strike and that exposure to
the terms of his practice and effects in Tunisian and comparative law.
Keys words: strike, right, terms, effects.

www.ejles.com -478-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1959‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺫﻜﺭ " ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ")‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ‪ 2011‬ﻨﺹ‪ ‬ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 36‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ")‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﻐﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒل ﻗﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻭﺨﺼﻬﺎ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺄﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺭﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻨﺠﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺜﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﻌﺼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺩﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺇﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺄﺴﻴﺴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﺜﺎﺭ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻌلّ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺎﻫﻲ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺎﻫﻲ ﺃﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﻫل ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ‪:‬ﻟﻺﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻨﺴﺏ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﺭﺘﺄﻴﻨﺎ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺒﺤﺜﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ (...)" :8‬ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ‪".‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪" :36‬ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ‪".‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-479-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‬

‫ﻨﻅﹼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﺨﻀﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ﻓﻘﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻰ( ﻭﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ )ﻓﻘﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺘﹼﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﹼﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺯﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺘﻤ‪‬ﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺅﺠ‪‬ﺭﻫﻡ)ﺃ( ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ)ﺏ( ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺭﺠﻬﺎ)ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻠﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺠﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺭﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺃﺠل ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻠﻭﻍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﻴﻡ ﺒل ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﻻﻏﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺼﻨﻑ ﻜل ﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ " ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺠﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل)‪.(1‬‬

‫‪1) B. GERNIGON, A.ODERO et Horacio, les principes de l’oit sur le droit de‬‬
‫‪grève,Bureau International du Travail, Première édition dans la Revue‬‬
‫‪interna onale du Travail, vol. 137 (1998), no 4. Ce e édi on 2000,p54.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-480-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻅلّ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻲ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ 11‬ﺃﻭﺕ ‪1976‬ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻟﻼﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻐل‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ " ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ " ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼ‪‬ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻤﺒﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺸﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺸﻔﻭﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺴﻠﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﺜﻼ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺤﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ)‪ (1‬ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻜﻤﺅﻴﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺒﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 87‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﺒﺭﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻﺤﻅﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻀﻴﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻫﻴﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﺨﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﺇﺸﻜﺎﻻ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺒﺭﻭﺯ ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2011‬ﻗﺩ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﻻ ﺤﻭل ﺃﻗﻠﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻊ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻜل ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺸﻐل ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻗﺼﺩ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻀﻲ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15403‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻓﺭﻴل ‪.1986‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-481-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺤـﺭﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ّﺇﻥ ﺘﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻅﺎﻫﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺘﺤﺎﺸﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 234‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 24‬ﻭ‪ 60‬ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﺍ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻥ ‪ 157‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ)‪ (1‬ﻭ‪ 165‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ)‪ (2‬ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺠﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻁﻴﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﻋﻤل ﻤﺘﻔﻘﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻫﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺸﻙ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪‬‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻘﻴﺕ ﺤﺒﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻤﻬﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﹼﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﻨﹼﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 157‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ(‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﻐل ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﻼ ﻗﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ " ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‪"..‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 165‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ(‪:‬ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 376‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ(‪. (...):‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺤﺭﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-482-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋـﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﺠﻤﻌﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻀﺭﺍﺏ )ﺃ( ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﺒﺭﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ )ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪:‬‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻟﻴﻜﺘﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﺫﻜﺭ " ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺸﻐل ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ "‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘل‬
‫ﻋﻥ ‪ % 40‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﻴﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻘلّ ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﺎل)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺜﻴﺭ ﺒﺤﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﻭﺘﺄﻜﺩﺕ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺭﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ،2011‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻁﻼﻕ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺄﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺭﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻴﺘﺠﻨﹼﺏ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 243‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﺤﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺨﺭﻁﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ‬
‫ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺘﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭﻜلّ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺨﺭﺝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻌﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺤل ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺍﻥ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﻴﻭﻨﺱ ﻏﻨﺠﺎﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ " ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ " ﻋﺩﺩ ‪– 15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺩﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،1990‬ﺹ‪.52‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-483-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻨﻲ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﻤﻔﻌﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﻨﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩل ﻤﺯﺍل ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ؟‬
‫ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻟﻔﺼﻭل ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 87‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻜﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﺎﺩﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺭﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻜﺭﺱ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﻭﻗﺏ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺒل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻟﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻫﻭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻻﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻺﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻓﻲ ‪ 03‬ﺃﻜﺘــﻭﺒﺭ ‪ 1983‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴـﺔ ﻋـ ‪34674‬ـﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻔﻴﺩﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘل ﺒﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺠــﺭﻯ ﺒﻴﻨــﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻑ ‪ 18‬ﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺇﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻀﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﺩﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻴل ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼل ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﻜﺩﺕ‬

‫‪1) B. GERNIGON, A. ODERO et Horacio, op.cité, p 14.‬‬

‫‪2) H.Sinay et J.-C. Javillier La grève Paris, Dalloz, 2ème éd.1984,p124.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-484-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻴﺘﺤﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻌﺕ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺘﺘﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ ﻤﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺤﺎﻁ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺘﺤﻔﻅ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-485-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺂل ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻑ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ‪ 387‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺃﻨﻪ " ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻭ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻭ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺘﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ " ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﻪ‪ ،1‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻫﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﻓﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻴﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻠﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺤﻭل ﻤﺄل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ؟‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﺜﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ )ﺃ( ﻭﺘﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل )ﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 6‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻫﻭ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺃﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻌﻨﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤل ﺘﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻅلّ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻜل ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺸﻙ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺤﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺌﻬﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻜﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻫﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﺎﺩﺤﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺸﻥ‬

‫‪1) M.H. ben Abdallah,Introduction au droit du travail tunisien,p.164.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-486-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺜﺭﻩ ﺤﺭﻤﻨﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﺔ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻜﺄﺜﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻨﻅﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺼﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪ 12‬ﻤﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 1959‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻨﺠﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜل ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﺠﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤل ﻤﻥ ﻜلّ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻻ ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻻ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺒل ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻜلّ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺠﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺯﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 11‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻠﺘﺠﺄ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻭ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺯﺍﺤﻤﺔ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨل ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﺘﺨﻠﻴﺎ ﻀﻤﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻴﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻁﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺠﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻐﺎﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤلّ ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺒﺄﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 138‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺹ‪ ‬ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ " ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-487-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻤــﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﻴــﻥ ﻭﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻭﺜﻤﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﺍ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻔﺸﻲ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺏ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﻜﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺜﻼ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘـﺄﺩﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴل ﺍﻻﺠﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺙ ﺒﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-488-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺧﺎﲤﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺜﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﻤﺅﺠﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﻠﺏ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪...‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-489-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 138‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 84‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1976‬ﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 11‬ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ 1976‬ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﻭﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 36‬ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ‪.2014‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 8‬ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ‪.1959‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 6‬ﻭ‪ 376‬ﻭ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻭ‪ 376‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻭ‪ 387‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15403‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻓﺭﻴل ‪.1986‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺒﻲ‪،‬ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻭﺭﻴﺱ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ‪.1998‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﻭﻨﺱ ﻏﻨﺠﺎﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ " ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ "‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺍﻟﺴﺩﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،1990‬ﺹ‪.52‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Bernard GERNIGON, Alberto ODERO et Horacio, les principes de l’oit‬‬
‫‪sur le droit de grève,Bureau International du Travail, Première édition‬‬
‫‪dans la Revue internationale du Travail, vol. 137 (1998), no 4. Cette‬‬
‫‪édition 2000.‬‬
‫‪- Mohamed Hedi ben Abdallah،Introduction au droit du travail tunisien,‬‬
‫‪imprimerie du centre national pédagogique.2006.‬‬
‫‪- H.Sinay et J.-C. Javillier La grève Paris, Dalloz, 2ème éd.1984,p124.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪-Gilbert Demez, « La grève: rôles des acteurs sociaux et étatiques »,‬‬
‫)‪Reflets et perspectives de la vie économique 2003/4 (Tome XLII‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-490-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻴﺩ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-491-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‬

‫ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺤﻕ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻠﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺃﻭﻀﺎ ﻉ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﺘﺭﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻻ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻗﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺃﻫﻡ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺒل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺒﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-492-‬‬
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Abstract
The right to nomination is one of the most prominent political
rights, which means by the right of the state’s citizens to nominate or
submit themselves to take up political posts such as the presidency of the
state. One of the main principles of this right is equality of citizens in
exercising it as the opposite face of the right to vote, the constitutions and
laws regulate the conditions and conditions of exercising that right,
because leaving it without regulation is a matter of many risks.
Thus, the royal constitutions do not care about enacting specific
conditions in the candidate, for the choice of king is based on the law of
inheritance, while republican constitutions enact harsh conditions in the
candidate for the post of president of the republic. The most important of
these conditions is age, nationality, eligibility, and others. It is not
necessary for a state to require all these conditions, but some would rather
be satisfied with some of them. And each case is ruled by the highest
interest of the country.

www.ejles.com -493-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﺭﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺇﺸﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺸﺅﻭﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺒﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺤﻕ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﺭﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﻋﻤﺎل ﻤﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒﺈﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺃﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﻤﺎﺅﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺓ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺈﻴﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻗﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻲﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻔﺎﺌﻪ ﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺃﻤﺭﺍ ﺤﺎﺴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺎﺀ ﺒﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻐل ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻘﻌﺩ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺘﺭﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺫﻱ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﻭل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺨﺼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻨﻨﻬﻲ ﺒﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﺒﺨﺎﺘﻤﺔ ﻨﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-494-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻤﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻤﻠﺯﻡ ﺒﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻤﻥ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻻﺀ ﻟﻬﺎ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ))ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﺒﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ(()‪،(2‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ))ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻨﺩﻤﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﺼﻔﻪ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻭﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ(()‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﺒﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺒﻪ ﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺇﺒﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻪ ﺒﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺃﺼ ﻼﹰ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻤﺘﻌﺎﹰ ﺒﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺒﺩﻴﻬﻲ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻘل‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ)‪ .(4‬ﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻤﻼﹰ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺼﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺹ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻨﻪ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻀﻤﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ 68‬ﺃ(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﺭﺍﻗﻴﺎﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻻﺩﺓ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1994 ،‬ﺹ‪.78‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺭﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1933 ،‬ﺹ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻬﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،1978 ،‬ﺹ‪.71‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﻴﺎﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ‪.44‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-495-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻭﻴﻥ ﻋﺭﺍﻗﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺒﺩﻴﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫ ﺇﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺼﻭﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺸﺨﺹ‬
‫ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺌﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺃﻭﺠﺏ ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﻴﺸﻐل ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2014‬ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (141‬ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺸﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﺭﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻭﻴﻥ ﻤﺼﺭﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺤﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﻤﺘﻌﺎﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻔﻲ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﺘﻘل ﺴﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﺢ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻴﻼﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ 2‬ﻓﻘﺭﺓ ‪ (5‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﺎﹰ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻀﻼﹰ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ)‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1949‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (58‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ))ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺃﺤﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻜﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﺎﹰ ﻫﻨﺩﻴﺎﹰ(()‪ ،(4‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1933‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (73‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ))ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺤﺎﻤﻼﹰ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ(()‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻗﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1926‬ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،1958‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺸﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﺨﻀﺭ ﺸﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻬﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،2012 ،‬ﺹ‪.79‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2014‬‬
‫‪3) Marie FronceToinet, Le Systeme Politiqne des etats Sunis: Presses Universitieses‬‬
‫‪de Fiancé, 1987, p16.‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1949‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1976‬ﻓﻴﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (122‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ "ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﻜﻔﻭل‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪."...‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-496-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ)‪ (1‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1985‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (77‬ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﻻ ﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻀﻭﺍﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻀﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺴﻴﺔ(()‪ .(2‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (59‬ﻤﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ))ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﻌﻀﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻜل‬
‫ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺭﻩ((‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪37‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ‪ :‬ﺍ‪ -‬ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺎ‪ ."...‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺤﻴﻥ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪/53‬ﺃ( ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2005‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ "ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ"‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.81‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1985‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-497-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩﺍﻥ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻨﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﺒﺎﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺴﻠﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻤﺴﻠﻜﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﹰ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺩﻩ ﻀﻤﻨﺎﹰ )‪ ،(2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﻋﺎﻤﺔ )‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪68‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪)) ...‬ﺃﺘﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺭﻩ(()‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (101‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﻴﻨﺘﺨﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻡ ‪ 40‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ((‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1959‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (40‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ))ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺤﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻭﺴﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ(()‪.(5‬‬
‫ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺃﺠﺎﺩ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻻﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺩﻫﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻌل ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺘﻪ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺼﺭﻴﻑ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﻭﺽ ﺴﻭﻯ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺭﻴﻑ ﺃﻤﻭﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﻴﺭ ﻓﺭﺝ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2015‬ﺹ‪.137‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1994 ،‬ﺹ‪.19‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﺨﻀﺭ ﺸﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.82‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1924‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-498-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺃﻥ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺩﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺤﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺎل ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ))ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻹِﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺒِﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟِﺩ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺇِﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺃُﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻜﹸﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘﹾ ﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﻜﹸﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓِﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﺜﹶﻼﺜﹸﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﺸﹶﻬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺤ‪‬ﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺃَﺸﹸﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪ ‬ﺒﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺃَﺭ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌِﻴﻥ‪ ‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹶﺔﹰ ﻗﹶﺎلَ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃَﻭ‪‬ﺯِﻋ‪‬ﻨِﻲ ﺃَﻥ‪‬‬
‫ﺃَﺸﹾﻜﹸﺭ‪ ‬ﻨِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘﹶﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَﻨﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺕﹶ ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟِﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﻥ‪ ‬ﺃَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬لَ ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟِﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﺘﹶﺭ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﺼ‪‬ﻠِﺢ‪ ‬ﻟِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘِﻲ‬
‫ﺇِﻨﱢﻲ ﺘﹸﺒ‪‬ﺕﹸ ﺇِﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻨﱢﻲ ﻤِﻥ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻤِﻴﻥ‪.(1)((‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﻀﻤﻨﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺼﻭﺼﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻭﻀﺢ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﻭﺘﻔﺴﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ 1926‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (49‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﻪ ))ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺤﺎﺌﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ(()‪.(3‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻨﻅﻤﻪ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺴﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺇﺫ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺒﻠﻭﻏﻪ ‪ 25‬ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﺒﺒﻠﻭﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ‪25‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1985‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (37‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ))ﻻ ﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻀﻭﺍﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻀﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺴﻴﺴﻴﺔ (()‪ .(4‬ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1958‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻴل ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺴﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺤﻘﺎﻑ‪ /‬ﺍﻻﻴﺔ )‪.(15‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.25‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1926‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1985‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-499-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻱ ‪ 18‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ 25‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1925‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (22‬ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻴﺼل ﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻭﻍ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺵ ﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻫل ﻭﻫﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺵ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻲ(()‪ .(1‬ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1953‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (6‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ()‪ .(2‬ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻫﻭﻟﻨﺩﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1815‬ﺇﺫ ﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (33‬ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﻻ ﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻙ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺒﻠﻭﻏﻪ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻨﺔ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ((‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺄﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ ﻗﺩ ﻻﻗﻰ ﻨﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﻲ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﺼﻐﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﺠﺩﺍﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻨﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﻗل‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻋﺎﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻥ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﺎﹰ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻘﻭل ﺍﷲ ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ))ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺼ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﹶﺎ ﺍﻹِﻨﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ‬ﺒِﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟِﺩ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻪِ ﺇِﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﺘﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﺃُﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ‬ﻜﹸﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺘﹾﻪ‪ ‬ﻜﹸﺭ‪‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺤ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻪ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻓِﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟﹸ ﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﺜﹶﻼﺜﹸﻭﻥ‪ ‬ﺸﹶﻬ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺤ‪‬ﺘﱠﻰ ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺃَﺸﹸﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻠﹶﻎﹶ ﺃَﺭ‪‬ﺒ‪‬ﻌِﻴﻥ‪ ‬ﺴ‪‬ﻨﹶﺔﹰ ﻗﹶﺎلَ ﺭ‪‬ﺏ‪ ‬ﺃَﻭ‪‬ﺯِﻋ‪‬ﻨِﻲ ﺃَﻥ‪ ‬ﺃَﺸﹾﻜﹸﺭ‪ ‬ﻨِﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘﹶﻙ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺃَﻨﹾﻌ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺕﹶ‬
‫ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻲ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻠﹶﻰ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟِﺩ‪‬ﻱ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﻥ‪ ‬ﺃَﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬لَ ﺼ‪‬ﺎﻟِﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﺘﹶﺭ‪‬ﻀ‪‬ﺎﻩ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺃَﺼ‪‬ﻠِﺢ‪ ‬ﻟِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﺫﹸﺭ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘِﻲ ﺇِﻨﱢﻲ ﺘﹸﺒ‪‬ﺕﹸ ﺇِﻟﹶﻴ‪‬ﻙ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﻨﱢﻲ ﻤِﻥ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﻠِﻤِﻴﻥ‪ (3)((‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻻﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺯل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ)ﺹ( ﻓﻲ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺸﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺔ)‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﺴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﻩ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ‬
‫ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻭﻑ ﻴﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﺤﻲ)‪.(5‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1925‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1953‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺴﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺤﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺁﻴﺔ ‪.15‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﺸﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.82‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺸﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،1978 ،‬ﺹ‪.507‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-500-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺸـﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻘل ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺎﺡ ﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻤﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺸﻐل ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﻉ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺭﺘﻜﺎﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺨﻼﻟﻪ ﺒﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ‬
‫ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺤﻪ ﻷﻱ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﻜﻔﻭل ﻟﻜل ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻜﺈﻨﻌﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﻅﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺜﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﺭﺠﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺼﻭﺼﻬﺎ)‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻨﻁﻼﻗﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻁﺊ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻤﺼﻭﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻤﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺸﺨﺼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﺯﻤﻪ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺵ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﺜﺔ)‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﺄﻜﺩﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺄﺕ ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺤﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺭﺽ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،2015 ،‬ﺹ‪.53‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﻴﺭ ﻓﺭﺝ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.138‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺘﺎﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻨﻬﺎ‪،2009،‬‬
‫ﺹ‪.277‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺅﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1980 ،‬ﺹ‪.122‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-501-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻜﺎﻟﺠﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺼﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﺭﺽ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻬﺎﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ 2005‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (20‬ﻤﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ))ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺠﺎﻻﹰ ﻭﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻭﻴﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ(()‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (46‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (40‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1951‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ))ﻜل ﺸﺨﺹ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺸﺩ ﻤﺘﻤﺘﻌﺎﹰ ﺒﻘﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺠﻭﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ(()‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻋﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻼﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻜﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺼﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻋﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﺎﺩل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﻤﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﻭﺠﺩ ﻀﺩﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ)‪.(4‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﺎﺒﺭ ﻨﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1996 ،‬ﺹ‪.373‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (40‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1951‬‬
‫‪4) Mavciperlot institutions politques et, Droit constitutionnel, delloz, 1978, einquieme-‬‬
‫‪edition, p.750,754.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-502-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺸـﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺩﻭل ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺩﻭل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻭﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻼﺩﻨﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺌﻬﺎ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﻨﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻔﺼل‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺒ ﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺤﺭﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﹰ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺨﺭ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺸﺎﻏل ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻨﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻌﺘﻨﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺄﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻐل ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺸﺢ ﺃﺼﻼ ﺃﻱ ﺒﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ)‪ ،(2‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺩﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪1973‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (1/3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ )) ﺩﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ(()‪ ،(3‬ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1951‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (51‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ) ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺸﺨﺹ ﻨﺎﺌﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻌﺭﺵ‪ ...‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﹰ(()‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1959‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (38‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫))ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺩﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ (()‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1960‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (71‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫))ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﺨﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﹰ (()‪ ،(6‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻀﻤﻨﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺘﺎﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.305‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1994 ،‬ﺹ‪.8‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1973‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1951‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1959‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1960‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-503-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻨﺼﺕ )ﺃﻭﻻ( ))ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ(()‪ .(1‬ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺭ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2014‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ(()‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1924‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ(( )‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎﹰ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻤﺎ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻘﺭﺍﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻭل ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻔﺼل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ – ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺴﻠﻔﻨﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2014‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1982‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﻗﺩ ﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻤﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺩﻴﻤﻘﺭﺍﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﻻﺀ ﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺘﺎﺘﻭﺭﻙ‪."..‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-504-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺩ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﺡ ﻟﺘﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﺭﺩ ﺴﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﺭ ﺸﺅﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺭ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﺸﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﺴﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺨل‬
‫ﺒﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻼﺯﻡ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ – ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ – ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﻤﻨﺼﺒﻪ ‪ /‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺨﻼﹰ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻫل ﻟﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ 68‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﺍ ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺸﻬﻭﺩﺍﹰ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺯﺍﻫﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻠﻭﻁﻥ (()‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻭﺠﺒﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻤﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻲ ﻀﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺜﺎل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ (4)1994‬ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،(5)2014‬ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2005‬ﻭﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ 68‬ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎﹰ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﻜﻭﻡ ﺒﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﺨﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻑ()‪.(6‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺘﺎﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.293‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺎﺠﺩ ﺭﺍﻏﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ‪.175‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬
‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (107‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (142‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (6‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2005‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-505-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ )ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ ‪/‬ﺩ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (138‬ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ‪ 2005‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1991‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻨﻔﺎل ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺘﺭﻑ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻨﺎﻓﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻤﻘﺭﺍﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻘل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻻﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺼﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺔ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻴﺩ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ – ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ – ﻓﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (101‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻨﺼﺕ )ﻴﻨﺘﺨﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻡ ‪ 40‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻜﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻨﻭﺍﺒﺎﹰ()‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ )ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ( ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻏﻔﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1787‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻏﻔل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺤﺴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﺤﻜﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﻭﺜﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﺯﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺸﺤﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺨﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‬
‫ﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﻪ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﺩﺍﺭﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺯل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻨﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺠﻨﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ)‪ ،(3‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻪ ﺒﺤﺴﻥ‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1924‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻨﺩﺭﻴﻪ ﻫﻭﺭﻴﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ ،1‬ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻘﻠﺩ ﻭﺸﻔﻴﻕ ﺤﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،1977 ،‬ﺹ‪.441‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺘﺎﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.300‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-506-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1958‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻨﻴﻁ ﺒﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 28‬ﺃﻜﺘﻭﺒﺭ ‪ 1962‬ﻭﺼﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪ 6‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪ 1962‬ﻟﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻨﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻺﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪(2):‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻤﺤﺭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺭﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﻡ ﻋﺎﺌﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻤﻴﻼﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺱ )ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻨﺜﻰ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﻩ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺨﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺨﻼل ‪ 15‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺨﺒﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻏﻔﻠﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻜﺎ ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻭﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،1992 ،‬ﺹ‪.126‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،2002 ،‬ﺹ‪.449‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-507-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻨﺘﻬﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻴﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺸﻴﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺭ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﻥ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺘﺎﹰ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻀﻤﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺭﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﺠﺩﻫﺎ ﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺨﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺢ ﻟﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺒل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺒﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-508-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1994 ،‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1994 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﺭ ﻓﺭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1994 ،‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺭﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1933 ،‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻜﻤﺎل ﻓﻬﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1978‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻓﻊ ﺨﻀﺭ ﺸﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻬﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪.2012 ،‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﻴﺭ ﻓﺭﺝ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺭﻟﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪.2015 ،‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺸﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1978‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪.2015 ،‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺅﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.1980 ،‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﺎﺒﺭ ﻨﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1996‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺎﺠﺩ ﺭﺍﻏﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪.2004 ،‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-509-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .13‬ﺃﻨﺩﺭﻴﻪ ﻫﻭﺭﻴﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻤﻘﻠﺩ ﻭﺸﻔﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺤﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪.1977 ،‬‬
‫‪ .14‬ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪.2002 ،‬‬
‫‪ .15‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻭﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1992‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﺭﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺎﻤﺭ ﺒﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺼﺏ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.1‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‪.2009 ،‬‬
‫ﻴﺎﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺴﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪.2000 ،‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﻜﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1.‬‬ ‫‪Marie Fronce Toinet, Le Systeme Politiqne des etats Sunis:‬‬
‫‪Presses Universitieses de Fiancé, 1987.‬‬
‫‪2.‬‬ ‫‪Mavciperlot institutions politques et, Droit constitutionnel, delloz,‬‬
‫‪1978, einquieme- edition.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻜﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1878‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1958‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2005‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.2014‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1925‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1949‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎل ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1933‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﺘﻐﺎل ‪ 1976‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1985‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1998‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2005‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-510-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1959‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1924‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1982‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻫﻭﻟﻨﺩﺍ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1815‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1926‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻤﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1953‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1951‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1951‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻐﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1960‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (40‬ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪.1951‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-511-‬‬
2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

 
 

 
 
‫ﻋﻀﻭ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺸﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬

www.ejles.com -512-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Abstract

The development in international trade and the need of Arab states

among them Iraq and Egypt to foreign investment had led the legislators
to adopt alternative disputes resolutions by amending the current
legislations in order to stay current with comparative law and to comply
with international treaties that have been ratified by Iraq. Tis matter
affected in changing the concept of the sovereignty and immunity of the
states where resolving disputes were exclusive discretion to national
courts. But nowadays the states accept to refer its disputes to other
international institutions. Because most international investment
companies refuse the discretion of national courts in case dispute rises,
and prefer alternative dispute resolutions international institutions.
Alternative disputes resolutions in administrative contracts disputes incite
many legal problems due to the peculiarity of the administrative disputes
nature. The nature of the relations between the public power and
individuals itself is problematic due to the unequal legal positions of
different parties of the disputes where the state enjoys a stronger positions
that individuals or companies. According to this position the legislator
decided to adopt the alternative dispute resolutions.
The important of the paper subject does not include only achieving
the goals of the legislators but extends to amend to legislation system that
reflect flexibility to ensure speedy resolutions for administrative disputes
and on other hand to guarantee the respect of states sovereignty and
public interests. Furthermore the alternative dispute resolutions
emphasize the intention of the parties to avoid the lengthy complicated
procedures of national courts which at the end encourage foreign
investment. There are many means for resolving disputes such as
arbitration, reconciliation and mediation that admiration can adopt in this
matter.
This paper tackle the validity of adopting alternative dispute
resolutions by administration and its types and indication the convenient
means that suits the administrative contract disputes in Iraq as well as it
importance and foreseen consequences.

www.ejles.com -513-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺼﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻫل ﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﺯﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺔ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺴﻕ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﻅﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺠﻌل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﺸﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﺈﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﺘﺜﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺒﻨﺩﺍ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻁﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﺸﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﻓﻴﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ‪.‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻁﺭﺍ ﻓﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﺒل ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻨﺤﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻴﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﺒﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻭﺒﺘﺄﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺒل ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺘﻜﻔل ﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻨﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻺﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﻠﻙ ﻭﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺯﺍل ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻴﺭﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺠﺯﺀ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-514-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺤﺩﺙ ﺜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺠﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﺒﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ ﻭﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﺭﻏﻡ ﺤﺩﺍﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺜﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺩل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤل ﺍﻥ ﻴﺠﻴﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ؟‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺴﻭﻑ ﻨﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﺒﺎﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺴﻨﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺘﻪ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﺴﻨﻠﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﻴﺭ ﻓﺴﻨﻜﺭﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-515-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﳊﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﻟﺤل ﻭﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺜﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺫ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻨﺸﻭﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭﺓ ﻭﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺘﺠﻨﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﻭل‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻔﺎﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺩﻓﻭﻋﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺨﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻜﺴﺭ ﺍﻭ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺒﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺌﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻜﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺼﻔﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺩﺴﺎﺘﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺒﺘﻜﺭﻴﺴﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ‪،‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺇﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻠﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﺭ ﺘﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻨﺴﺒﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻋﺩﺕ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﻁﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﺕ ﺍﻷﺼﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﺭﺍﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺘﻭﻻﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻹﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺭﺍﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪.102‬‬
‫‪(2) Sinnar, S,Alternative Dispute Resolution, the Public Sector Group of the World‬‬
‫‪Bank,2002.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-516-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻓﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺄﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺇﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﻭﺸﻴﻭﻋﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭﺓ ﺏ‪ A.D.R :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩل ‪ Resolution Alternative Dispute‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫‪Solution de recharge au regelement‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺈﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ‪ M.A.R.C‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩل‬
‫‪litiges:‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﻹﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﻁﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻁﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺩﻭﺭ ﺤﻭل‬
‫ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺴﻜﻲ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺴﺒﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺇﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺘﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤل ﻟﻺﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﺒﻨﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺤﺭﺼﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻀﺒﻁ ﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺘﻤﺎﺸﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺘﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺴﺘﺤﺩﺜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒﺎ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺴﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻫﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻘﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻤﺴﺎﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻀﺤﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺒﺭﺯ ﺇﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺯﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭﻤﺎﻨﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﻰ )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﻨﻜﻠﻴﺯﻱ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺎﺱ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻹﻗﻁﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‪.‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺯﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭﻤﺎﻨﺩﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Royal Court‬ﻜﺂﻟﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺒﺩﻴل ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻤﻭﻻ ﺒﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪.‬ﻭﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌل ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺠﺘﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻀﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺎﺯﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﺒﺴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺴﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﻋﺸﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤـﺙ ﻤﻘـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘـﻭﻕ – ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻨـﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴـﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪،2004 ،‬ﺹ‪. 54‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-517-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﺸﻭﺀ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﻟﺤل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ "ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺸﺨﺹ ﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺤل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ")‪.(2‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ "ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻠﺠﺄ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻗﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺠﺒﺭﺍﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻭﻀﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻨﺸﻭﺀ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﻟﺤل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻗل‬
‫ﻜﻠﻔﺔ ")‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺸﺄﻨﻪ ﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺴﺒﻴﻠﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻭﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﻨﺠﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺘﺄﻯ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻱ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻟﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺠﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻋﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤل‬
‫ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻻﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻭﺠﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪(1) Christopher E. Miller, A Glossary Of Terms And Concepts In Peace And Conflict‬‬
‫‪Studies, Editor: Mary E. King, Second Edition, University For Peace Africa‬‬
‫‪Program me, 2005, p 15.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺸﻜﻭﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ) ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﺎﹰ(‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻉ ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2013‬ﺹ ‪.50‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﻜﻭﻴﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 6 - 4‬ﺩﻴﺴﻤﺒﺭ ‪ 2012‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.2‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻤﺤل ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺸﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﻤﻴﺯﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻤﻀﻴﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺕ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪60‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-518-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻲ ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻲ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻗﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻻﻭل‬
‫ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﻋﺩﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﺒﺼﺩﺩ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪،‬ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻴﻤﻠﻙ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ‪(1).‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﺼﺎﺭﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻨﺹ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ‪(2).‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺘﺎﻥ ‪ 1004-83‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪5‬ﺠﻭﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ 1982‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺘﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 2060‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﻅﺭ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪(3) .‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺒﺎﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،17‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﺭﻴل ‪ ،2013‬ﺹ ‪ 11‬ﻭﻤﺎﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺸﺭﻴﻑ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ "ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ"‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺹ‪.76‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪2060‬ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-519-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻤﻤﺜﻼ ﺒﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﺭﻴﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 2060‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻴﺴﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺒﺎﺭﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‪ 10‬ﺍﺒﺭﻴل ‪1957‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺄﻥ ﺤﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻴﻨﺼﺭﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻌﻠﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻴﻜﺱ ﺃﻭﻤﺒﺭﻭﻓﻭﻨﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ 1959/05/05‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﻴﺩﺘﻪ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺩﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺘﻴﻥ ‪ 1004/83‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺸﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 3/3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻸﻁﺭﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺒﺎﺭﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ‪ 13‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ 1996‬ﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ "ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫﺓ ﺤﻔﻴﻅﺔ ﺤﺩﺍﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﺼﺤﺘﻪ‪(1) .‬‬

‫‪« on ne peut compromettre sur les questions d’état et de capacité des‬‬

‫‪personnes,sur celles relatives au divorce et à la séparation de corps, ou sur les‬‬
‫‪contestations intéressant les collectivités publiques et les établissements publics, et‬‬
‫‪plus généralement dans toutes les matières qui intéresse l’ordre public.‬‬
‫‪Toutefois, des catégories d’établissements public à caractère industriel et‬‬
‫» ‪commercial peuvent être autorisées par décret à compromettre‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﻔﻴﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺤﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‪،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ 2001 ،‬ﺹ‪.376‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-520-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﺼﺎﺭﻤﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪1004/83‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 2060‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﻠﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻠﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ‪(1) .‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﻁﻼ ﺒﻁﻼﻨﺎ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺒﻌﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺩﺨل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪،‬ﻟﻠﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺼﺩﺭ ﻤﺭﺴﻭﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 19‬ﺍﻭﺕ ‪ 1986‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻁﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ 2060‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﺒﺭﻤﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺫﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺫﻱ ﻨﻔﻊ ﻗﻭﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺭﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1993‬ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ )ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ(‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻵﺘﻴـﺔ‪ :‬ـ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ـ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻜﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻤﻀﻁﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻅﺭ ﺃﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺎﺯﺓ‪(3) .‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺒﺎﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.12‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﻤﺎﻋﻴل‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2003‬ﺹ‪.330‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻤﺅﺨﺭ ﺍﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (48 - 2011‬ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪(3) 2011/1/13‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (66 - 2012‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2012‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪http://legifrance.gouv.fr2016/1/24‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-521-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ ﺠـﺩﻻ ﻭﺍﺴـﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻜﺎﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﻜﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻠـﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻗـﺩ ﺘـﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻘـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨـﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘـﺸﻑ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺼـﺎﻏﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻀـﻭﻥ ﻹﻋﻤـﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﺩل ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟـﻡ ﻴﺤـﺴﻡ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺒـﺎﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺒﺎﻹﺠﺎﺯﺓ‪،‬ﻓﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺒـﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻤﻨﻌـﻪ‬
‫ﺠﻌل ﻜل ﻓﺭﻴﻕ ﻴﻔﺴﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﻤﻨـﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺠـﻭﺀ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻓـﺴﺭﻭﺍ ﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﺹ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﻴﺠﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻜـﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺃﺤﺎل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻭﻨـﻪ ﺼـﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻷﺼﻴل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻟـﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻉ ﻟـﻭ‬
‫ﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻷﺼﺩﺭ ﻨﺼﺎ ﺨﺎﺼﺎ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪(1) .‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻓﻘـﺩ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻨـﺹ ﻴﺤﻅـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻔﺴﺭ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺇﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻟﻸﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‬
‫ـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻏﻴـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟـﻨﺹ ﻴﺠﻴـﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻤﻨـﻊ ﺍﻻﺘﻔـﺎﻕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻴﺤﻴـل ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻗـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ‪،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ ،501‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﻴﺠـﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺘﻔـﺎﻕ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ " ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺤـﺩﺩ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺠﻌل ﺩﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ﺘـﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻤـﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻨﺹ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻨﺹ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻴﻘﻴﺩﻩ‪(2).‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃﻨﻘـﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﻪ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤﺅﻴـﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻜﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻥ ﻭﺇﻟـﻰ ﺭﺍﻓـﺽ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺒﺎﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.15‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 13‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪. 1968‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-522-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻤﺜﻠﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ـﺴﺔ‬
‫ـﻡ ‪ 369‬ﻟﺠﻠـ‬
‫ـﺕ ﺭﻗـ‬
‫ـﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﺘﺤـ‬
‫ـﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻗـ‬
‫ـﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻤـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﺩﺭﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤـ‬
‫ـﺩ ﺃﺼـ‬
‫ﻟﻘـ‬
‫‪ 1999/04/02‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﺤﻭﺍﻩ " ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻨـﺸﺄ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ"‪(1) .‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺩﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﺼـﺩﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 501‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟـﺫﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘـﺩ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤـﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴـﺸﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺘﻔـﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻤـﺎ ﺃﻨـﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻨﺹ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻴﻘﻴـﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺨـﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺩﺍﺌـﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 501‬ﻓﻴﺠـﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗـﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ ﺇﺠﻤـﺎل ﻤﻭﻗـﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻗـﻑ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻤﺜﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴـﺔ ﻟﻘـﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘـﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﻤﻭﻗـﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺃﺼـﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴـﺔ ﻟﻘـﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘـﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﻭﻯ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 1970/01/07‬ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺠـﻭﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻟﺤـل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﺹ ﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻴﺠﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ ﻭﺼـﺩﺭﺕ ﻓﺘـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻭﻯ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪(2) .1988/03/30‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺤﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘـﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘـﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺠﻠـﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ـﺩ‬
‫ـﻙ ﻋﻨـ‬
‫ـﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ ،1989/05/15‬ﻭﺫﻟـ‬
‫ـﺴﺎﺒﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺘـ‬
‫ـﺎ ﻟـ‬
‫ـﺎﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻤﺎﻤـ‬
‫ـﻭﻯ ﻤﻐـ‬
‫ـﺩﺭﺕ ﻓﺘـ‬
‫ـﺎ ﺃﺼـ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻬـ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﺒـﺭﻡ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴـﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﺠﺎﺯﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﺘـﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴـﺘﻨﺩﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ‪ 172- 167‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺴـﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﻤـﻥ ‪ 509- 501‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺘﻴﻥ ‪ 58- 10‬ﻤـﻥ ﻗـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﺠﻠـﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺨﻠـﺼﺕ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،369‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪22‬ﻕ‪،‬ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ ،1999/04/02‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪،522‬ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،573‬ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪،1986/12/03‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪ ،926‬ﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﺃﻨﻭﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺭﺴﻼﻥ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎﻴﺭ ‪ ،1998‬ﺹ‪.14‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻓﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻑ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،163/ 06/ 86‬ﺠﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫‪ ،1970/ 01/15‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪. 752‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-523-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﺎﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ ﺘﺘﻤﺜـل ﻓـﻲ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻁـﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﺘﺘﻤﺜـل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻭﻤﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺠـﻭﺀ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜـﻴﻡ ﺒـﻨﺹ ﺼـﺭﻴﺢ‪،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺠﺎﺌﺯ‪(1).‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺨﺫ ﻤﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﺤﺎﺯﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻤﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻓﺘﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻭﺃﻓﺘﻰ ﺒﺎﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻨﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﻨﺤﻰ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﻭﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺩﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻗﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻨﺸﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﻀﺩ ﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻕ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻌﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻀﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪(2).‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 1994/01/18‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 501‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺠﺎﺯﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺒﻨﺕ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻥ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪-2‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻨﺯﻉ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻨﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺒﻘﻲ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ‪(3).‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺠﻴﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﺯﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺩﺨل ﻟﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﺩﻯ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻨﺠﻼﺀ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺨﻠﻴل‪،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪ ،2‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.74‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،1567‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 34‬ﻕ‪ ،‬ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ ،1990/02/20‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،35‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،1994‬ﺹ‪1134‬ﻭﻤﺎﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ‪ ،886‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪30‬ﻕ‪،‬ﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ 1994/ 01/18‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺭﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺴﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻭل ﺃﻜﺘﻭﺒﺭ ‪1955‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺴﺒﺘﻤﺒﺭ ‪ ،1995‬ﺹ‪.145‬‬
‫ﺤﻔﻴﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺤﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺹ‪.377‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-524-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺼﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1994/27‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻤﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ"ﻤﻊ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﺄﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭل‬
‫ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺭﻱ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪،‬ﺃﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺩﻭﺭ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺨﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ "‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻁﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅل ﺤﻭل ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻟﻐﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 10‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1972/47‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﺯﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺄﻱ ﻋﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺁﺨﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 1994/27‬ﻗﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪ ......‬ﻴﻠﻐﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺤﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ"‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻴﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻶﺜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺘﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪،‬ﺘﺤﺕ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ 1994/27‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻗﻀﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ‪ 1994/27‬ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪/09‬‬
‫‪1997‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ"ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ " ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﻘﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪(1).‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ًﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺤﺩﻯ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (7‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﺎﹰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ )‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،2011 ،‬ﺹ ‪.114‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺴﻜﻴﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (7‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.5‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-525-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﳊﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﺘﺭﻭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻵﺘﻴـﺔ‪ :‬ـ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ـ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻓﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﹰ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻜﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻅﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﻓﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺸﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺠﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤﺙ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺌﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻠﺔ( ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (87‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2004‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺤﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪/2‬ﺡ( ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ )‪ (12‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺌﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺘﺔ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻠﺔ( ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (87‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ‬
‫)ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻱ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺍﻀﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺸﻜﺎﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺍﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﺤﺩ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌل ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺴﻨﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ )‪ (4075‬ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪.2008/5/19‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ )‪ (124‬ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪.2011/4/14‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-526-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻻﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ )‪ (1987‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫)ﻡ‪ (67/‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻜل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴ‪‬ﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺼﺎﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ )ﻡ‪ (20/‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺒﻌﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ )‪ ،(1999‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﺅﺩﻯ ﻨﺹ )ﻡ‪ (67/‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻋﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ ،1987‬ﻫﻭ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻨﺸﻭﺏ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‪ ‬ﻨﺸﺄ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺃﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺠﺤﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻹﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻱ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺭﺃﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ـ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺭﺭ ـ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻟﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺒﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ )‪ (84‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴ ﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻜﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺩﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﺩﻴﺎﹶ ﻗﺒل ﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﺀﻩ –ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ‪ -‬ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (56‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ـ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻴ‪‬ﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺇﺨﻁﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﺒﻨﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ )‪ (70‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﺩﺓ )‪ (84‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫٍ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺴﻴﻐﻠﻕ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺒﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﺘﻤل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻭﻋﻨﺩﺌﺫٍ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻐﻠﻕ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﻟﻠﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺒﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﺘﻤل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (69‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 1988‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-527-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﺨﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﻨﻌﺘﻘﺩ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ‪ ) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻱ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺨﻼﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺎﺠﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل )ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻜﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﻬﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺤﺎل ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻜل ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺤﻴﻠﺕ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﻪ ﺩﻭﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺒﺭﺓ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻗﺩ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﺃﻭ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺇﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﹰ‬
‫)‪( 1‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺩ‪‬ﻡ‪.(.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺃﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﺘﻅﻠﻤﺎ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻪ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻌﺩ‬
‫ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﺎ)‪.(5) .(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﻤـﺩ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﻤـﺩ ﺃﻤﻴـﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘـﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟـﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴـﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠـﺴﺘﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ – ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ 2008 ،‬ﺹ‪.107‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻋﺩﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺃﻤﺭﺍﹰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺘﻘﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ "‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻜﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﻤﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ ‪ ."000000‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ )‪/1923‬ﻡ‪3‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻘﻭل‪ ،1992/‬ﻓﻲ ‪ (1992/9/17‬ﺃﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺒﻴل ﺤﻴﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،3‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ‪.32‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-528-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻤﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﺼﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺤﺎﻜﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻤﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﻕ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺼﻠﺢ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ " ﻋﺭﺽ ﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺩﺩﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻔﺼل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﻷﺓ ﻤﺠﺭﺩﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻤل ﻭﻗﺎﻁﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﺩﺍﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﻨﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻟﻲ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﺘﻔﺼﻴﻼﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻀﻤﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ")‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﺩﻻﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﺒﻼ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﺼﻼ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﺼﻔﺕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻹﺠﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻁﻭﻋﺎﹰ ﻭﺒﺈﺭﺍﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻷﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﺹ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺤﺼل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻘﺴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﺼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺩﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻥ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺯﻴﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻁ‪ ،3‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،2002 ،‬ﺹ ‪.247‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.13‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﺩ‪0‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ ﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.478‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-529-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻓﻴﺸﻤل ) ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ .....،‬ﺍﻟﺦ ( ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺢ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻴﺨﻭﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﻤﺤﻘﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺼل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ )‪.(3‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (265‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪1969‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻴﺯ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻸﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﺎﹰ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﹸﻌﻔﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ – ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻭﻥ‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺭﻓﻀﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺠﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻺﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،1969‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻗﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ )ﻓﻲ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻘﺩٍ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ()‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﺭﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﺴﻤﻴﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺨﻁﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻁ ﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ‪ 121‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (265‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1969‬ﻋﻠﻰ " ‪ -1‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻻﺤﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻭﻥ‪-2 ،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻔﻭﻀﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﻴﻌﻔﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ"‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻴﺴﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1969‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺴﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (251‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺒﻴل ﺤﻴﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،3‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،2004 ،‬ﺹ ‪.61‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-530-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (69‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1988‬ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭل ﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺩﺱ ﺨﻼل )‪ (30‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪0‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻙ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺹ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟِﺈﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻭﺇﺤﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‪ " ‬ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ .......‬ﺩ – ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺹ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.( ....‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2007‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪2008‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺘﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺘﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪2011‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ )‪(124‬‬
‫ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2011‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (23‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻻ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﺄﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﺕ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ )ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ( ﻗﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )ﺏ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ‬
‫)ﺍﻭﻻﹰ( ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﻪ )ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻨﺹ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ(‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-531-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻓﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺸﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 2014/12‬ﻭﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫‪......) 2014/4/28‬ﻭﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻼﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﺕ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ )ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ( ﻗﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )ﺏ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ‬

‫)ﺍﻭﻻﹰ( ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﻪ )ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻥ ﻴﻨﺹ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ(‪ .‬ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ )ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ( ﻤﺘﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺨﺼﺎ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ ﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‬

‫ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺇﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﻀﻤﻨﺎ – ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ -‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺒــ)ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺱ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺭ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔ ﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻨﻭﺩﻩ ﺒﻨﺩﺍ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒـ )ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ(‪.‬‬

‫‪ .2‬ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻨﺩﺍﹰ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﺠﺯﺀﺍ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺯﺃ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎ ﻷﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ‪،‬ﻭﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﻱ ﺒﺎﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪.(.2014/4/28‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺸﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺫﻜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺭﻱ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﺭﻤﻬﺎ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-532-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺴﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (22‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟﻸﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬ ‫أ‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺎ‬ ‫ب‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ت‪-‬‬

‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬ ‫ث‪-‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥ‪ ) ‬ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ...‬ﺏ – ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻜل ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ‬
‫ﺤﻜﻤﺎﹰ ﻴﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺒﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺎﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﺎﹰ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻜل ﺤﻴﺜﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺴﺭ ﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎﹰ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺘﺼﺩﻴﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪.(......‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺘﺨﻠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﻨﺕ ﺒﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ )ﻡ‪ (72/‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺩﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1988‬ﺒﻨﺼﻬﺎ " ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-533-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺍﺤﺩ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺯﻤﻥ ﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻁﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺒﻁﺀ ﻭﺘﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪ (1).‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ " ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺩﻱ ﺘﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤل ﻤ‪‬ﻨﹾﻪٍ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻨﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻴﺤﺭﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻅﺭﺍﹰ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺎ ﻤﻭﻗﻌﺎﹰ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ " )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ " ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺫﻱ ﻤﺩﻟﻭل ﻤﻤﺎﺜل‪ ،‬ﻴ‪‬ﺴﻬل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺊ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺃﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻨﺎﺸﺌﺎﹰ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ")‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻤﻌﻨﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺨﺭ ﻀﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻕ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﻘﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ )‪.(4‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺸﺨﺹ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻗﺎﺌﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻓﻕ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺎ ًﻟﻁﺭﻓﻲ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﻭﺭﺠﻲ ﺸﻔﻴﻕ ﺴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻷﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺴﺔ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ ‪.443‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻨﺠﻼﺀ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺨﻠﻴل‪،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.43‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺒﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.59‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺒﺭﻴﻨﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﻴﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻤﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ –ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ –ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺩﻫﻭﻙ ‪ 2014‬ﺹ ‪.28‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-534-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ – ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻠﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻓﻕ – ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ‪ -‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺒل ﻴ‪‬ﻌﺩ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻴﺒﺤﺜﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﻼﺀﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﻓﻀﻭﺍ ﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (7‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺯﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻁﺭﻓﺎﹰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺭ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﻓﻊ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ‪ " :‬ﻋﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺠل‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﺌﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺄﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺒﺘﺩﺍﺀ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨــﻭﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨــــﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﻓﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ‬
‫ﻹﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻟﻌﺭﻀﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺒﻭل ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ "‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺸﻜل‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﻭﺒﺭﺁﺴﺔ ﺍﺤﺩ ﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل ﻤﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺸﻐﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺴﻭﻥ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻋﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻻﺤﺩ ﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻀﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗل‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﻀﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻭﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻡ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﺼـﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨـﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 7‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻋﺎﻁﻑ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﺹ ‪.686‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻊ ﺸﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ ،2005 ،‬ﺹ ‪.18‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-535-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺏﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﻜﺜﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺠﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﺄﺴﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﺎﻥ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺤل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻴﻜﻔل ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﺭﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﻴﻥ ﻨﺹ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻭﺠﺯﺓ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺒﻤﺤﻀﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻴﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺴﺘﻴﻥ ﻴﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺴﺭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺼﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﻴﻭﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻗﺭﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻀﺭ ﻴﻭﻗﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﻤﺤﻀﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟـﻪ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻭﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻁﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺭﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﻘﻀﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺒﻭل ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺨﻼل ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﻴﻥ ﻴﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪1969‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (1‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‪ ) ‬ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺘﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻻﺘﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ) ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺠﻬﺯﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ ( ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺄﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.(......‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-536-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺤﺼﻭل ﻨﺯﺍﻉٍ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻨﺎﺠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ‪ ‬ﻜﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (1‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (11‬ﻓﻲ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺃﻡ ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪2011‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ )ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺠﻬﺯﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ( ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‪ ‬ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻨﺎﺠﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺄﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (1‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪.(3) (11‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ "‬
‫ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﻁﺭﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺈﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ) ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ( ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (1‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2011‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ) ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺘﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻋﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻻﺘﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺸﻜﻴل ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ) ﻤﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺠﻬﺯﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﻴﻥ ( ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺄﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪( ........‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (2‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (11‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (1‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2011‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ "‬
‫ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﻁﺭﻓﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺈﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ ) ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ( ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-537-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺍﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻻﻭل‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺍﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﺭﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻻﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺘﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺘﻔﻘﺕ ﻤﻊ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﺸﺊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ‪.‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺴﻠﻡ ﺒﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ‪،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬
‫ﺒﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺘﺭﺠﻴﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻨﺫ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻤﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺤﻕ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺴﺒﺏ ﺘﺼﺩﺭﻩ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﻀﻭﺤﺎ ﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻴﺒﺭﺯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺇﺫ ﻴﺘﻘﺭﺭ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻷﻱ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪،‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺁﺨﺭ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﻐﻔل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭﺤﻘﻭﻗﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-538-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺜﺭ ﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ )ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺍﺜﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ( ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﻁﺒﻕ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺨﺎﻀﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻀﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ))ﺇﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼﻟﻪ ﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺹ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺃﺠﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻼﺜﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻠﻐﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻪ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺨﻼ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺹ ﻴﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺕ ﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻌﺴﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺠﺭﺕ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﺕ ﺠﻬﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻤل ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻬﻡ ﻭﻭﺠﻬﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﻔﻌﺎ(( )‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.267‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ \ 930‬ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ \ ‪ 1967‬ﻓﻲ ‪.1967 \ 12\2‬‬
‫ﻨﻘﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪ - 1983‬ﺹ ‪.137‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-539-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻓﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﺒل‬
‫ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ‪(1).‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻏﻔﺎل ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻀﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺭﺍﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻻ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻀﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻵﻤﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ )‪ ،(2‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻤﺭ ﻻﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ)‪ (3‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﻻ ﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻤﺭ ﺘﻔﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻴﺴﺘﺜﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻋﻀﻭﻴﺔ ))ﺇﺴﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ( ﺇﺫ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﻭل ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩ‪.‬ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،4‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪،1984 ،‬‬
‫ﺹ‪.494‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻴﺴﺭﻱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪،2001 ،‬ﺹ‬
‫‪.236‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ :‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.277‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-540-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺼل ﺍﻥ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺭﻡ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺩﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺨﺎﻟﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘ ﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻨﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻤﺩﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻗﻬﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻌﺩﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻜﺎﺸﻔﺎ ﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻗﺭﻴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺘﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺌﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﻩ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ‪Stew des‬‬
‫‪ voiliere francaise‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 19‬ﺤﺯﻴﺭﺍﻥ ‪.(1)1918‬‬
‫ﺍﻻ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺍﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻨﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ)‪ ،(2‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﻥ ﺸﺭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻅل ﻋﻘﺩﺍ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻤﺕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﻀﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺤﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻴﻘﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺒﺼﺩﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺤﻕ ﺍﺼﻴل ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺒﻘﻲ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ‪(3) .‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪،‬ﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ‪.89‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺄﺨﺫ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺩﻭﺝ ﺍﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺒﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ 1994/1/18‬ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 886‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 30‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 39‬ﺹ‪.143‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-541-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 13‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 27‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1994‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ‬
‫)‪ -1‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﺸﺄﻨﻪ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺒﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪ -2‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺤﻭل‬
‫ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺍﺒﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻻ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺈﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ‪(1).‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻴﻘﺘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 1458‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺫﻫﺒﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺘﺨﻔﻰ ﻭﺠﺎﻫﺔ ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﺫ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺘﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺒﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺹ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﺨﺫ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 83‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪1969‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻨﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪(253‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﺠﺄ‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﺯ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻻﻏﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻡ ﻓﺘﻘﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻤﺴﺘﺄﺨﺭﺓ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﻓﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺼﺭ ﺍﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻜﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻭﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺭﻱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺴﻲ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺜﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﺓ – ‪ ،2004‬ﺹ ‪.7‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-542-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺩﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (256‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ "‪ -1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺘﻔﻘﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺯﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺯل ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻤﺎﻨﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻓﻸﻱ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺭﻴﻀﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪ -2 .‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺒﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﺒل ﻷﻱ ﻁﻌﻥ ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺭﻓﺽ‬
‫ﻁﻠﺏ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺎﺒﻼﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻺﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪216‬ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪"..‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺯﻭل ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭﻩ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺨﻼل ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ)‪ .(1‬ﻭﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻔﻕ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (263‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ " ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻗﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻗﻬﺭﻱ ﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﻜل ﺨﺼﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل"‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺭﻯ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻤﺭ ﻴﺼﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻥ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻘل ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (262‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺒﻭﻗﺕ ﺯﺍل ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭﻩ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻟﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭﻩ ﺨﻼل ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺯل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﺭﺩﻩ ﻴﻤﺘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻹﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺯﻭل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻨﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-543-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻤﺎﻡ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺨﺘﺹ ﺒﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (268‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ "ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺭﻀﺕ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﺨﺭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻌﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﻭﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺯﻭﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﻲ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺼﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻁﻠﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﻘﻑ ﺴﺭﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ"‪(1).‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺒﻁﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﺩ ﺃﺠﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻘل ﻴﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻅﻠﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻌﻥ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯﺍﹰ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻻﺤﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻴﻨﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺤﻜﻡ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻗﺎﹰ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺠﻠﻪ‪(2) .‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (276‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (272‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-544-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺨﺘﺎﻡ ﺒﺤﺜﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ؛ ﺩﻓﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل؛ ﻟﻔﺽ ﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺒﺭﺯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺏﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺃﺩﻋﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺼﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﺇﻟﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻥ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻋﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﻴﺴﻌﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺏﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ؛ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌـﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻﺸﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻜﺎﻫل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺨﺫ‬
‫ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻠﺯﺍﻡ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻋﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺼل ﻟﻪ ﺍﺜﺭ ﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻴﻔﺘﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻜﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻐﻨﻲ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﺤﻜﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻤﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-545-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻻﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺤﻔﺎﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻻﺼل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻏﻔﺎل ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﻨﻁﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻀﻔﻲ ﺒﺭﺍﻴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻟﻺﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻜﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻥ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-546-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻊ ﺸﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺤﻔﻴﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺤﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ‪،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪2001 ،‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺠﻭﺭﺠﻲ ﺸﻔﻴﻕ ﺴﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻷﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ﻭﻤﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺴﺔ ‪2006‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻀﺎ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ –ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‪2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺴﺎﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﺨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﻜﻭﻴﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻓﻲ ‪ 6 - 4‬ﺩﻴﺴﻤﺒﺭ ‪ 2012‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴﺕ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩ‪.‬ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،4‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،1984‬ﺴﻤﻴﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺨﻁﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺍﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻁ ﺒﻼ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﺯﻴﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻁ‪ ،3‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻁﺒﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪2002 ،‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﻨﻌﻡ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻁ‪ ،1‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪2011 ،‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻋﺎﻁﻑ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ – ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪2009 ،‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﻟﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﻤﺎﻋﻴل‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ ﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻁﺒﻊ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-547-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -12‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺴﻜﻴﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (7‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2000‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﺠﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪2005 ،‬‬
‫‪ -13‬ﻨﺒﻴل ﺤﻴﺎﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ،3‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺸﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ‪2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ -14‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻨﺠﻼﺀ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺨﻠﻴل‪،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪ ،2‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪2004 ،‬‬
‫‪ -15‬ﺩ‪.‬ﻴﺴﺭﻱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪2001 ،‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻨﻭﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺭﺴﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 6‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎﻴﺭ ‪1998‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺸﻜﻭﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ) ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻋﻤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺠﺎﹰ(‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻉ ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2013‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺒﺎﺴﻭﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،17‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺒﺭﻴل ‪.2013‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺸﺭﻴﻑ ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ "ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﺼﺒﺭﻱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺴﻲ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺜﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭﺓ – ‪.2004‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻴﺢ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺒﺭﻴﻨﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﻴﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺤﻤﻭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﻭﺭﺩﺴﺘﺎﻥ –‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ –ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺩﻫﻭﻙ ‪2014‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺒﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺩﺍﷲ ﺨﺎﻟﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺤل ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ –ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺩﻫﻭﻙ‪2013،‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-548-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻷﺸﻐﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻨﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪1983‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪1- Sinnar, S,Alternative Dispute Resolution, the Public Sector Group‬‬
‫‪of the World Bank,2002.‬‬
‫‪2- Christopher E. Miller, A Glossary Of Terms And Concepts In‬‬
‫‪Peace And Conflict Studies, Editor: Mary E. King, Second Edition,‬‬
‫‪University For Peace Africa Program me, 2005.‬‬
‫ﺨﺎﻤﺴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺭﻨﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (48 - 2011‬ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ ( ) 2011/1/13‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (66 - 2012‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2012‬ﺒﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻥ ﻴﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://legifrance.gouv.fr‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-549-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻭﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ -‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺴﻨﻁﻴﻨﺔ ‪-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-550-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﺓ‪،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻟﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﻁﺕ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﺨﻔﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻨﺸﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺸﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺘﻜﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﺒﺒﻪ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻀﻁﺭﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ‪،‬ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻫﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻴﺜﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅل ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻜﻼ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺒﺩﻭﺍﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ‪،‬ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻤﺘﻰ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪،‬ﻭﻤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻔﺭﻀﻪ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤﺎﻭﻟﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﻭﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺠﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻥ‪،‬ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻀﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪،‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺴﺭ ﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-551-‬‬
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Abstract
In the stock exchange market, the information is considered as
privacy, legal and has an economic importance, because crises have
always been linked to the level of global stock exchanges, Where the
concealment or dissemination false and misleading, especially by the
stockbrokers of the most important mistakes and crimes committed at the
level of these markets because the instability in transactions, on the other
hand concealment of information that reaches the professional virtue of
his guest, and the fundamental duty settled by jurisprudence since the
non-trivial time, related to the current study brought out the scope and
limits of each these liabilities conflicting, From this point of view, the
question arises as to the legalrules both obligations which may appear to
be highly contradictory, In other words when the information held by the
stockbroker must be made And therefore Falls within the obligation to
disclose, and when he should be kept in the obligation to the professional
secrecy imposed by various legislation and modern laws, Thus in this
research, we attempted to clarify the scope and limits from each of these
two opposing obligations Through our analytical and comparative
approach, In order to arrive at the latest comparative legislation To
identify these obligations in modern stock exchanges, and we have
reached a major conclusion, where the main distinction between the
obligation of professional confidentiality and the obligation to disclose is
the exception to each of the two principles.

Keywords:

The stock exchange, stockbrokers, information, disclosure, professional

Secrecy.

www.ejles.com -552-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺘﻌﺩ ﺃﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺭﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻠﺘﻘﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺩﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻤﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻠﺨﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺨﺭﺍﺕ ﺜﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺃﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺘﺴﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﺘﻠﻬﺎ ‪،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺨﻠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺃﺨﺼﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺭﺨﺼﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻴﺘﻜﻔﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻫﻡ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻁ ﻭﺨﻠﻕ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺘﻤﻭﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺩ‬
‫ﺒﻌﻴﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺴﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻘﺭﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻐﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺨﻠﻕ ﻭﺠﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺘﺩﺍﺨل ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻓﻪ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻅﻬﻭﺭ ﺃﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻜل ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﺘﻭﺴﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﺤﻠﻘﺔ ﺭﺒﻁ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺽ ﻭﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺴﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻴﻁ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﺘﻨﻭﻉ‪،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻠﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻕ ﺍﺤﺘﻜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻙ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻗﻭﺓ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺤﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 5‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ‪ 10-93‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟـﺔ ‪" :‬ﻻ‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻴﺔ ﻤﻔﺎﻭﻀﺔ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻗﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ‪،‬ﺇﻻ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ "‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )‪ (1‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (45‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫)ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻜﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺒﺠﺩﺍﻭل ﺃﺴﻌﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻻﹼ ﺒﻭﺍﺴـﻁﺔ ﺴﻤـﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻻﹼ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺎﻁﻼﹰ( ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 95‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪1992‬ﻡ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (18‬ﻤﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )ﺃ( ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ )‪ (3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 74‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪2004‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺘﺤﺼﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ ﻟﻠﺘﻌـﺎﻁﻲ ﻴﻤﺜـل ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ(‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-553 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻴﺘﺩﺨل ﺒﻔﺭﻀﻪ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺒﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﻀﻌﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺩﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﺜﺒﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺒﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻠﻴل ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﺒﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺼﻁﺩﻡ ﺒﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﻜل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀﻩ ﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻠﻌﺒـﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻁـﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺴـﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺎﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺒـﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻴـﺔ ﺒﺠﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺤﻭﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻭ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺤﺭﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﺍﻭل ﻭﺍﻷﺴـﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﺜـﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺠﻬـﺔ ﻭﺒﻜﺘﻤﺎﻨﻬـﺎ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻫﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀـﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻴﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﻟﺤﻔـﻅ‬
‫ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻨﺯﺍﻫـﺔ ﻭﺸـﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌـﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﺴـﻭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻜـل ﻤـﻥ ﻫـﺎﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ؟‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﺎ ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﻭﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻤﻭﻋـﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺒﻤـﺎ ﻴﻜﻔـل‬
‫ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ؟‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-554 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺠﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺤﺩﻭﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻜل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﻠﺼﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺘﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﻭﺍ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﻺﻓﺼﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻉ ﻤﺠﺎﻻ ﻟﻠﺸﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻭﺘﺴﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻀﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺍﺤﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻌﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﻊ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺍﺕ ﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-555 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﻓﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻟﻺﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺤﻭﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺃﻭﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺒﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤﻪ ﻭﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺠﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺜﺎﻥ ﺨﺼﺼﻨﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻭل ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﺎﺯ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺘﻭﻟﻲ )‪ :(2012‬ﺘﻌﻠﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺯﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻔﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻬﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻌﻤﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨﻠﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺩﺍﺀﺍ ﻭﺇﻫﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺼﺎﺭﺨﺎ ﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ )‪ : (2011‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﻀﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺒﺩﺍﺨﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺨﻼل ﺒﺎﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-556 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺨﻠﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺩﺨﺎل ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻀﺢ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺸﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﺎﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪:‬ﺤﻤﻠﻴل ﻨﻭﺍﺭﺓ )‪ : (2013‬ﻴﺘﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﻤﻭﺍﺌﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨﻀﻌﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻟﻔﻜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺇﻅﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻀﺎﺒﻁﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻭﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻺﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺩﺭﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺨﻠﺼﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻟﺫﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﻔﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺭﻤﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﻁﺭﺓ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﺡ ﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻻﻨﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻘﻪ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻜﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺌﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺭﻜﻨﺎﹰ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺭﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻜﻴﺯﺓ ﻟﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ‪(1)،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻜﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻤﻬﻤﺎﹰ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻁﻭﺭﻫﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻁﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪،‬ﻭﻨﺨﺘﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ -:‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻬﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﻀﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺎﻫﺭ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺇﻤﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺴﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴـﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﻠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ ، .2008 ،‬ﺹ‪227‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-557 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﻭﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺸﻜل ﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩﻱ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻗﺒل ﺇﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻌﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻜل ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﺨﺼﺎ‬
‫ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎﹰ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺎﹰ ﺒﺈﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺇﻗﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ)‪. (2‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺤﺠﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺍ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺎﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺒﺴﺭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺭﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺒﺎﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺜل‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺠﻤﺎل ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒـﺎﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﻭﻟـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪ 2010،‬ﺹ‪.124‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺠﻤﺎل ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪،‬ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒـﺎﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﻭﻟـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪،‬ﺹ‪.126‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-558 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻜﺭﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻨﺤﺎﻭل ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻤـﺭ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺴـﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺜـﺎل ﺃﺸـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻨﺠﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻨﻬﻴـﺎﺭ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ‪ Enron‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻨﻬﻴﺎﺭ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﻜﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻁﺅ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ‪ Anderson‬ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨـﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺏ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻷﺴـﻭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻟﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﺭﺼـﺎ ﻤﺘﻜﺎﻓﺌـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺨﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺎ ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺎ ﻭﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﻓﺭﺼـﺔ ﻨﻤـﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺸﻭﺭﺓ ﻤـﺼﺩﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻻﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ)‪.(2‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺩﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻫﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻫﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌـﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﺴﻴﺭﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺸﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺼﻴل ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩﺓ)‪.(3‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩﺕ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺇﺤـﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﺃﻴـﻀﺎ ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ ﺘﺭﺤﻴـﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﺌـﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل)‪.(1‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻋﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪،‬ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟـﺙ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ) ‪ 28‬ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .(2009‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴـﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.‬ﺹ‪.3‬‬
‫‪(2) Jean-Pierre BUYLE et Gilles LAGUESSE,L’information du consommateur‬‬
‫‪d’instruments financiers, Revue de droit bancaire et financier ,Université libre de‬‬
‫‪Bruxelle,octobre2012,p4.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻋﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.6‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-559 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﺅ ﺒﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨـﺎ ﻴـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻠﻴل‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻀﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺫﻭ ﺸﻘﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﻕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ ﻭﻭﻀﻌﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺩ ﺘﻘـﺩﻡ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺒـﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻅﺭﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺜـل ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠـﺏ ﺍﻹﻓـﺼﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺒﺸﻜل ﺩﻭﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁـﺎﺭ ﺘـﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪56‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ‪01-15‬‬
‫ـﺎﺘﻬﻡ‬
‫ـﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒـ‬
‫ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـ‬
‫ـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـ‬
‫ـﻁﺎﺀ ﻓـ‬
‫ـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـ‬
‫ـﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤـ‬
‫ـﻕ ﺒـ‬
‫ـﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـ‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻨﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﺘـﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨـﺔ ﻭﺜـﺎﺌﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻓـﻲ‪ :‬ﻴﻭﺍﺠـﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻬﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻅـﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺤـﺩﺍﺙ ‪ ،‬ﺴـﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺃﺤـﺩﺍﺜﺎ ﺍﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﺃﻡ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﻁﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴـﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﻤﻨـﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ) ‪ 28‬ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪.(2009‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.‬ﺹ‪.2‬‬
‫‪(2) Jean-Pierre BUYLE et Gilles LAGUESSE,L’information du consommateur‬‬
‫‪d’instruments financiers, op.cit.p5.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪2‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪ 2015‬ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 15 -10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪15‬ﺍﺒﺭﻴل‪ 2015‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪،‬ﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ‪.55‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-560 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻤـﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺭﻜـﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻟـﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻭﺠﺒـﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﻷﺴـﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓـﺼﺎﺡ ﻋـﻥ ﺘﻠـﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ 48‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ‪ 01-15‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺃﻟﺯﻤـﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺒـﺎﻁﻼﻉ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﺒﺄﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒـ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺠﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﻋﻤل ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺸـﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘـﻀﺭ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻲ ﺒﻘـﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜل ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻓﻊ ﻀﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜل ﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻴﻤﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻗﺒل ‪ 30‬ﻴﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺇﺩﻤﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻭﺍﺫ‬
‫ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺴﺘﻬﺩﻓﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺠـﺎﻩ ﺯﺒﻭﻨـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﺘﻜﺭﻴـﺴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﻘـﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻀـﺒﻁ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ ﻋـﻥ ﻜـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺭﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﻪ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﺕ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 13‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫‪ 10-93‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻘـﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﻜـل ﺴـﺘﺔ ﺃﺸـﻬﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺯﺒﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺯﻤﻨﻴﺔ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ‪،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺴﻭﻯ "ﺴﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍ" ‪un‬‬
‫‪ ، courtier‬ﺃﻱ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺯﺒﻭﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻤﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﺘﻜﺭﺱ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻘﻪ‪،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺸﻬﺩﺕ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺍ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﻭﺓ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-561 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ)‪،(1‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻁﻭﺭﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻭﻉ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﻌﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺠﻌل ﻤﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻤﺭﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﺜﺒﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻬﻡ ﻟﻼﺤﺘﻴﺎل ﻭﻨﺸﻭﺀ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻨﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ)‪ ،(2‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 50‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ‪01-15‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻨﻪ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺠﻭﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺍﻭﻻﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻭﺽ ﻏﻤﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ)‪،(3‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﺭﺱ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪L‬‬
‫‪ 533-12‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻭﺠﺒﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪(1) Jean.-Jaque Daigre, « La responsabilité civile de l’intermédiaire financier en‬‬

‫‪matière d’ordre de bourse et de couverture »,revue Banque et Droit, Université‬‬
‫‪Panthéon-Assas Paris II , 2000, n° 70, p.4.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗـﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻴل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻠـﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪،2011،‬ﺹ‪.58‬‬
‫‪(3) « L'information est au coeur du fonctionnement des marchés financiers, car elle‬‬
‫‪seule en fait autre chose que des jeux de roulette et leur assure la confiance sans‬‬
‫‪laquelle ils n'attireraient que peu d'opérateurs, alors qu'ils ont besoin du plus‬‬
‫‪grand nombre pour leur efficacité. La transparence est en effet la condition de la‬‬
‫‪confiance et donc de l'efficience des marchés. Aussi l'information doit-elle être‬‬
‫‪complète et de qualité [...], mais aussi offerte en temps utile. » Jean.-Jaques‬‬
‫‪Daigre, « La responsabilité civile de l’intermédiaire financier en matière d’ordre‬‬
‫‪de bourse et de couverture »op.cit.p5.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-562 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﺤﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﺭﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ)‪ ،(1‬ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻋﻤﻴﻠﻪ ﻴﻘﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻹﺨﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻵﺠﻠﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺜﺒﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﺭ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻌﺯﺯ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻤﻀﺎﻓﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻜﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺇﺒﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﺤﻭل ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺤﻭل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺅﻜﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺭﻀﺎﻩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻟﻔﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﺒﺎﻫﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻜﻲ ﺒﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺼﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻴﺔ)‪ ،(2‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺴﺎﺩﻩ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩﺍ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻴﺔ)‪.(3‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺒﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻔﺎﻅ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴ‪‬ﺤﺘﻤل ﺃﻥ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺸﺭ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 95‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ، 1992‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 243‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺌﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻨﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﻟﻴﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺨﻔﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ‬

‫‪(1) Cass. com., 5 nov. 1991, Bull. civ. IV, n° 327; D., 1991, .cite par René. Ha ab, De‬‬
‫‪l’obligation de conseil des prestataires de service d’investissement, thèse, Presses‬‬
‫‪universitaires de Strasbourg, 2006,p 296.‬‬
‫‪(2) Michel. Storck, « Les obligations d'information, de conseil et de mise en garde des‬‬
‫‪prestataires de service d'investissement », Bulletin. Joly Bourse, 2007, n° 3,‬‬
‫‪p.314.‬‬
‫‪(3) Cass. ch. mixte, 29 juin 2007: Juris-Data n° 2007-039908; D., 2007, p. 1950,cite‬‬
‫‪par Michel. Storck , op.cit.p317.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-563 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 231‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻼﺌﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺘﻔﻀﻴل ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﻜل ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﺨﻠﻕ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻭﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺇﺼـﺩﺍﺭ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤـﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻓـﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ (9‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ، 2009‬ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ )‪ (12‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺴﻡ )‪ (12‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﻟﻸﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗـﻡ ‪ 74‬ﻟـﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ، 2004‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺘﻭﺠـﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜـل‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ )ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ( ﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺨـﺹ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻨﻤﻭﺫﺝ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺸـﻬﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺤﺎل ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﺎﻁﺔ ﺇﺒـﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌـﺔ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺃﺴﺒﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴـﺭ ‪،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠـﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﺎﻁﺔ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ )‪ (90‬ﻴﻭﻤـﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻬـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺭﻴـﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋـﻥ ﻨـﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﻗﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤـﺩﻗﻕ ﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺠـﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨـﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌـﺭﺍﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺒـﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨـﺴﺎﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ )‪(30‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺴﺎﺌﺭ ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺃﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ )‪ (6‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺹ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺃﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻭﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﺒﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ( ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ )‪ (7‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻔﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺸﻁﺏ ﺍﻹﺠﺎﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ)‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.59‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.60‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-564 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻕ ﻟـﻸﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻟـﺴﻨﺔ‪ 2004‬ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘـﺭﺓ ﺝ‪ 13 /‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺩﺍﺌﻤـﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﺠـل ﻤـﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺒـﺎﺌﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺒﻼﻏﻬـﻡ ﺒﻜـل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺨـﺹ ﺘﻌـﺎﻤﻼﺘﻬﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗـﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺠﻌـل ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﻤﻠﺘﺯﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﻤﺜـﺎل ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺘﻭﻗـﻊ ﺍﻨﺨﻔـﺎﺽ ﺃﺴـﻌﺎﺭ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭﺓ ﻟﻬﺎ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔـﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ ﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ‪ 86-314‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 105-314‬ﻤﻨـﻪ ﺘﻔـﺼل ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺇﻋـﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺒـﻭﻥ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺭﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺘـﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻭﻀـﺔ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻗـﻴﻡ ﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟـﺔ ﻓﺭﺩﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﺘﻤﻴﻴـﺯﻩ ﺒـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺹ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻜﺎﻨـﺕ ﺘـﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 64-322‬ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺼﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤـﺫﻴﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﻁـﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻨـﻪ ﺒـﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﺭﺴـﻭﻡ ‪ 12‬ﺍﺒﺭﻴـل ‪ 2007‬ﻗـﺩﻡ ﺘﻔﺎﺼـﻴل‬
‫ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﺎﻓﻅـﺔ ﻗـﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻘﺘـﺭﺡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻠـﻪ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﺨﺘﺒـﺎﺭ ﻤـﺩﻯ ﻤﻼﺌﻤـﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺤﻭﻟﻬـﺎ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﻴـﺅﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﺠـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴـﻀﻁﻠﻊ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻤـﺭﻴﻜﻴﻴﻥ ‪the‬‬
‫‪ broker-dealers‬ﻟﻠﻭﻓﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠـﺏ ﺘﺠـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒـﺎﺌﻥ ﺒﻌـﺩﻡ ﺍﻗﺘـﺭﺍﺤﻬﻡ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﻜل ﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩﻯ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻨﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤـﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓـﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﻻﺴـﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨـﺼﺢ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺨـل ﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘـﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭل ‪ 2009 ،‬ﺹ‪.159‬‬
‫‪(2) .Henri. Conac , « Les devoirs d’information de l’investisseur sur les marchés‬‬
‫‪spéculatifs aux Etats-Unis », Revue de droit bancaire et financier Université‬‬
‫‪Panthéon-Assas Paris II , 2002, n° 6, p.354.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-565 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺠﺩ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﻴـﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭﻱ ﻟﻬـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺘﻭﻀـﻴﺢ ﻤﻔﻬـﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺼﺢ ﺤـﻭل ﻜـل ﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺅﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏـﺭﺍﺭ ﻤـﺎ ﺠـﺎﺀ ﺒـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺩﻴﻼﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻟﻤﻬﻨﺘﻪ )‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺘﺘﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻌﺩﺓ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﻌل ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﺒﻤﺭﻜﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻺﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻫﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻬﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺤﺎﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻴﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ )‪،(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏـﺭﺍﺭ ﺒـﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ ﻀـﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ ﻻﺴـﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﻠـﻕ ﺍﻷﻤـﺭ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﻴﻘـﺩﻤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪12‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ‪": 10-93‬ﻴﻠـﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻁﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﻴﺎﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴـﺭﻭﺕ‪،2007،‬‬
‫ﺹ‪.103‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﺎﻫﺭ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺇﻤﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺴﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠـﻊ‬
‫ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪233‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻁ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻟـﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺘـﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘـﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ‪،‬ﻤﻨـﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،2009‬ﺹ‪250‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-566 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺌﻤﻭﻥ ﺒـﺈﺩﺍﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤـﺴﻴﺭﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﻤـﺩﻴﺭﻭﻫﻡ ﻭﺃﻋـﻭﺍﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺠﻠﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺄﻤﻭﺭﻭ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ‪.‬ﻭﻴﻌﺎﻗـﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴـﺩ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ ﻭﻓﻘـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻨﻔـﺱ ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﺘـﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 50‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ‪ 01-15‬ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒـﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤـﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪":‬ﻴﺨـﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪-.....:‬ﻜـﺘﻡ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ‪".‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻱ ﺘﺅﻜـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (230‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺌﺤـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 95‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1992‬ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺒـﺩﺃ ﻋـﺩﻡ ﺇﻓـﺸﺎﺀ ﺴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﺼﻬﺎ ) ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻤـﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻼﺌﻬـﺎ ﻭﻋـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴـﺭ ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ ﻤـﻭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﻠـﺯﻡ ﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘـﺎﹰ ﻟﻤـﺎ ﺘﻔﺭﻀـﻪ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻜﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﺔ ﻭﻋـﺩﻡ ﺇﻓـﺸﺎﺀ ﺴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺴـﺒﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺍﺘﺠﻬـﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻟﻜﺘﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ‪ .‬ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻴـﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻜـﺸﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻷﺴـﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻤـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕ ﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻨـﺎﺯل ﻋﻨـﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃﺠـﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻟﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠـﺔ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘﻔـﻭﻴﺽ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺏ ﻭﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔﹰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ )ﺃ( ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ )‪ (13‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ )‪ (5‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 74‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪، 2004‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ) ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ‪ -:‬ﺃ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻﹼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﻋﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ… (‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﻭﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺭﻙ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻁ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪. 250‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-567 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺩﺨل‬
‫ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻸﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺼﻑ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺩﺍﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩﺍﹰ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‬
‫ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ‪،‬ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻪ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺤﺠﻡ ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺃﺴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﻋﻨﻭﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﻨﻭﻉ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ )‪. (1‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺃﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺩ‬
‫)‪ (14‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ )‪ (5‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 74‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ) ﻟﻠﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻜﻼﺌﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻤﺜﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﻡ ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻐﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 12‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ‪ 10-93‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 301‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ)‪":(3‬ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺒﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻭﺒﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫‪500‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪5000‬ﺩﺝ ﺍﻷﻁﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻁ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪253‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪،‬ﺹ‪.55‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 156-66‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪8‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ 1966‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴـﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ ،49‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 09-01‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 26‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ 2001‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴـﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 27‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪.2001‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-568 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻅﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﺩﻟﻲ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻓﺸﻭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀﻫﺎ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 302‬ﻤﻥ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﺘﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻜل‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﺄﻱ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻼﺩ ﺃﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺒﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪20000‬ﺍﻟﻰ‪100000‬ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﻟﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻓﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺒﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ‪20000‬ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪100000‬ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪14‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗل ﻭﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﻭﻁﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (64‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫‪ 95‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1992‬ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﺸﻰ ﺴﺭﺍﹰ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﻘﻕ ﻨﻔﻌﺎﹰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺒﺱ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻤﺴﻴﻥ ﺃﻟﻑ ﺠﻨﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺈﺤﺩﻯ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺘﻴﻥ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻓﻀﻼﹰ ﻋﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﺒﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻜﻤﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻤﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺤﻅﺭ ﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻗﻌﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺘﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﻴﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﻭﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ )‪ (15‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻔﺭﺽ ﻏﺭﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻤﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﺎﺌﻕ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪،‬ﻭﺤﺩﺩ ﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺍﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻤﺤﻴﻼ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ ﻴـﺸﻜل ﺠﺭﻴﻤـﺔ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴـﺔ ﻓﻼﺒـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺘـﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺭﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜـل ﻓـﻲ ﺇﻓـﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ –ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪-‬‬
‫‪،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.57‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ –ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪-‬‬
‫‪،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.57‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-569 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺤﻜـﻡ ﻤﻬﻨﺘـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﻏﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻴﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﻓـﻀﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺸـﺨﺹ ﻴﺠﻬﻠﻬـﺎ ﺒـﺼﻔﺔ ﻜﻠﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ ﺍﻹﻓـﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﻤﺜـل ﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻤﺒﻠـﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻬـﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘـﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺩﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ﻤـﻥ ﺸـﺎﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻓـﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻤﻀﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﻀﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻫﻲ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻤﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺠﺴﻴﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻﻥ ﺠﺴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ‬
‫ﻻ ﺘﺭﻗﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺩ)‪ ،(3‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻔﺸﻲ ﺴﺭﺍ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﻜﺸﻭﻑ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺃﺨﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻻ ﻴﻨﻔﻲ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻀﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻹﻫﻤﺎل ﻭﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁ)‪.(4‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ :‬ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﻻﻨﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻀﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 38‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ‪ 10-93‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﻘﺏ ﻤﺩﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺸﺨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺎﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺄﻤﺭ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻵﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 58‬ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ‪ 01-15‬ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺹ‪":‬ﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﺹ‪-.....:‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺘﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻜﻠﻔﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺘﻴﺵ‪"....‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺼﺒﺤﻲ ﻨﺠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻘـﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﻴـﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،1998،‬ﺹ‪.112‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﻤﻠﻴل ﻨﻭﺍﺭﺓ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻴل ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﻤﺭﻱ ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ‪ ، 2013‬ﺹ‪.426‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩ ﻜﺎﻤل‪،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴـﺔ‪-‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓـﺔ ﻟﻠﻨـﺸﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪، 1996،‬ﺹ‪.235‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻨﺠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪،1952 ،‬ﺹ‪.744‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-570 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺒﺼﺩﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺩﻱ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ‪ 01-15‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 49‬ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ":‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺘﺼﺭﻴﺤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﻼﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﻭﺀ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﺏ ‪(1) IOSCO‬ﺨﻼل‬
‫ﺸﻬﺭ ﺃﻜﺘﻭﺒﺭ ‪ 1992‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﻨﺸﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺸﺭﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﺔ ﻹﺸﺭﺍﻓﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻀﻭﺍ ﻋﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻗـﺩ ﻗـﺩﻤﺕ ﻁﻠﺒـﺎ‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ ،2009-05-06‬ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻤﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻕ ‪ B‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ‪،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﺄﺴﺴﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ، 1983‬ﻭﻴﻭﺠـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﺭﻴﺩ‪،‬ﻭﺘﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻜل ﺴﻨﺔ‪،‬ﻭﺘﻀﻡ ‪ 190‬ﻋﻀﻭ ﻤﻘﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻓﺌﺘـﻴﻥ ﻫﻤـﺎ‪-:‬ﺍﻷﻋـﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﻴﻥ‪:‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋـﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﺘـﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﻫـﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺎﺕ ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ـﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫ـﺩﻭﻟﻲ ‪ WWW.COSOB.ORG‬ﺘـ‬
‫ـﺎﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻌـ‬
‫ـﺎ ﻴﺨـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﻓﻴﻤـ‬
‫ـﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨـ‬
‫ـﺔ‪،‬ﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻤﻭﻗـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.2016/10/5:‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺒﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻨﻴل ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‪ ، 3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﺠـﺎﻤﻌﻲ‬
‫‪،2010/2009‬ﺹ ‪.98‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-571 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻟﺩﻯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺒﻼﻍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺭﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﺎﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﻔﺎﺀﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﻭل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻐﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻏﺴﻴل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻤﺅﻜﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻗﺒﻭل ﻋﻤﻼﺀ ﺠﺩﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻭﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻴﺔ )‪(2‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻟﺠﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨـﺔ ﻭﺒﻌـﺩ ﺇﺘﻤـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﻟﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﺯﺒﺎﺌﻨﻬﻡ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﺠـﺏ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﻡ ﺘﺤﻴﻴﻨﻬـﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴـﺎﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﻤﻴـل‬
‫ﻜل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﺸﺒﻭﻫﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﺨﻠﻴـﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻔـﺸل ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻜـﺸﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﺸﻜل ﺨﺭﻕ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺒـﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺨـﺭﻯ ﺨـﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﺠـﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴـﻎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،www.cosob.org.‬ﺘـﺎﺭﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪،2016/10/5:‬ﺹ‪.3‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴـل ﺍﻹﺭﻫـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺎﺒﻕ‪ ،‬ﺹ‪.9‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-572 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜـﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺎﻗـﺏ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺘﺄﺩﻴﺒﻴـﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ ﺃﻴـﻀﺎ ﺒﻘـﺼﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺘﻬﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻔـﺭﻭﺽ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻓﺭﺼـﺔ ﻜـﺸﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺅﻜـﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬـﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺸـﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻀﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺘـﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟـﺸﻙ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺭﺴـﻠﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺒﻠﻐـﻭﺍ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻙ ﺒﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﻭﺍ ﻋﺭﻀـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻜﻤـﺔ ﺒﺘﻬﻤـﺔ ﺨـﺭﻕ ﺍﻟـﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺒـﺼﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨـﺴﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎل ﺘﺒﻴـﻴﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ ﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺴـﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨـﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 49-315‬ﻤﻨﻪ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﻤﻘـﺩﻡ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺒﻭﻀـﻊ ﺁﻟﻴـﺔ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤـﺔ‬
‫ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ‪،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻭﺠـﺏ ﻋﻠـﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻀـﻊ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺨـﺼﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴـﺔ ﻻﺴـﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ‪L561-1‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‪ L564-3‬ﻤﻨﻪ‪،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ‪،‬ﻜﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪renseignement et actions‬‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻀﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫‪Circuits financiers clandestins‬‬ ‫‪la cellule de traitement du contre les‬‬
‫‪l’Office central de‬‬ ‫)‪، (Tracfin‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ ﻟﻘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪répression de la grande délinquance financière (OCRGDF‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﻤﻘﺩﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﺒﻼﻍ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻫﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻜل ﺫﻟﻙ ﺨﺭﻗﺎ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺒﺤﺴﻥ ﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻏﻤﻭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﺤﻭل ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺒﻼﻍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻻﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ )‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪(1‬‬ ‫‪Anne-Dominique Merville , Conformité des prestataires‬‬ ‫‪de‬‬ ‫‪services‬‬

‫‪d’investissement ,Etudes Joly Bourse ,Aout 2013,p11.‬‬
‫‪(2) Anne-Dominique Merville , Conformité des prestataires‬‬ ‫‪de‬‬ ‫‪services‬‬
‫‪d’inves ssement ,op.cit,p12.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-573 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﺒﻼﻍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻭﻫﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻘﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 87‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )‪(1‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ "ﺍﻋﺭﻑ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﻙ" ‪ know your client‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻼﺌﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻌﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺸﺅﻭﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻏﺴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﺒﻜل ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺘﻭﻓﺭﺓ ﺒﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻲ ‪، www.efsa.gov.eg‬ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ‪.2017/5/20‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-574 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳋﻼﺻــﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺫﻭ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻀﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺒﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌـﺞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻤﻘﺭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺘﺴﻬﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﺩﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻴﻀﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺫﻭ ﺸﻘﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﻭﻻﹰ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻤﺘﻀﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻹﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺇﺸﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻬﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺩﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺩﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻓﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺤﺭﻜﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﻤﻀﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﺘﻀﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﻬﻨﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺅﻜﺩ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺇﺤﺎﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﻭﻉ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﻷﻫﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻴﺸﻜل ﺨﺭﻕ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ ﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺇﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﻗﺭﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﺨﻁﺭ ﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻤﺼﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺴﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻭﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-575 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -6‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺼل ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻲ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨـﻲ ﻭﻭﺍﺠـﺏ ﺍﻹﻓـﺼﺎﺡ ﺒـﺼﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻜـل ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒـﺩﺃﻴﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠـﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻜـﺸﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻷﺴـﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﺤـﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺒﻨـﺎﺀﺍ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟـﻙ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺘﻤـﺎﻥ ﻫـﻭ ﺤـﻕ ﻤﻘـﺭﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻠﻭﺴـﻴﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻴـﺩﻟﻲ ﺒﻤـﺎ ﻟﺩﻴـﻪ ﻤـﻥ‬

‫ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤـﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘـﺼﺭﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﻟﻼﺤﺘﺠـﺎﺝ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﺤـﻭل ﻨـﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـﻴﻁ‬

‫ﻟﻜل ﻤـﻥ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺒـﺎﺌﻥ ﻨﻔـﺴﻬﻡ ﻫـﻭ ﺃﻤـﺭ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻲ ﻻ ﻴـﺸﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-576 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔـﺼﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀـﻴﺢ ﻓـﻲ ﻗـﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺴـﻭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺍﻜﺒـﺔ ﻟﺘﻁـﻭﺭ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻤـﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤـﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻤﺤﺘـﻭﻯ ﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻀـﺤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴـﺭ‬

‫ﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﻟﻴﺸﻤل ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨـﺼﺢ ﻟﻠﺯﺒـﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﻭﻋﻴﺘـﻪ ﺒﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻐﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺭ ﻋـﻥ ﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺒـﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﺘـﺭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻻ‪،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘـﺯﺍﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻌﻨـﻲ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺭﻀﺎﻩ ﻨﺤـﻭ ﻭﺠﻬـﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤـﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠـﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻟﻔﺕ ﺍﻨﺘﺒﺎﻫﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓـﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻘﺘـﺭﺡ ﺘﻌـﺩﻴل ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ‪ 01/15‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭﺠﻌﻠﻬـﺎ ﺘﺅﻜـﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬

‫ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺘﺭﻑ ﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻭﻟـﻴﺱ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭﺝ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯﻴﺔ ﺁﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻁﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﺩﺍﺨل ﻭﺘﺘﺸﺎﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻭﺤﻔﺎﻅﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺘﺭﺍﺠﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺎ ﻭﻤﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺨﺭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺭﻴﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﺒل ﻭﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺒﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﻐﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﻘﺘﺭﺡ‬
‫ﻀﺒﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺭﺍ ﺒﺴﻤﻌﺘﻬﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺤﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﻭﺭﻜﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬

‫ﺃﺴﻭﺍﻗﺎ ﻨﺎﺸﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-577 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺠﻤﺎل ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺔ ﺒـﺎﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ‪2010،‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻴﻭﺴﻑ ﻴﺎﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌـﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪.2007،‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻁ ﻜﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺘﺩﺍﻭل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.2009‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺼﺒﺤﻲ ﻨﺠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﻴـﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻭﻋـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪.1998،‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩ ﻜﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴـﺔ‪-‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪. 1996،‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﻨﺠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬـﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻫﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.1952‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﺭﺍﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﺎﻫﺭ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﻤﺤﻤﻭﺩ ﺇﻤﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤـﺴﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﻠﻭﺍﻥ ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺭﻴﺯﺍﻥ ﺤﺴﻥ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺴـﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ )ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺒﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻴـل‬
‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.2011،‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺤﻤﻠﻴل ﻨﻭﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤـﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﻤـﺔ ﻟﻨﻴـل ﺩﺭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ‪،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﻟﻭﺩ ﻤﻌﻤﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ‪.2013‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺒﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤـﺫﻜﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻨﻴل ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ‪ :‬ﻨﻘـﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ، 3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻲ ‪.2010/2009‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-578 -‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﺍﺨﻼﺕ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻭﺍﺩ ﺴﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ‪ .‬ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ) ‪ 28‬ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪.(2009‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻤﻁﺭ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴـﺴﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺘﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ) ‪ 28‬ﻨﻴﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .(2009‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻭﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻨـﺸﻭﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺒﻐﺩﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل ‪.2009 ،‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﺒﻌﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 156-66‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪8‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ 1966‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭﻱ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪،49‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 09-01‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 26‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪2001‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ 27‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪.2001‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 10-93‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 2‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ‪ 1413‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓـﻕ ل‪ 23‬ﻤـﺎﻴﻭ‬
‫‪ 1993‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ‪ 34‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﻭﺍﻟﻤـﺘﻤﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 04-03‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪16‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺔ‪1423‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ل‪ 17‬ﻓﺒﺭﺍﻴـﺭ ‪ 2003‬ﺠﺭﻴـﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪.11‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪2‬ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‪ 2015‬ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻟﺠﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻡ‪01-15‬ﺍﻟﻤـﺅﺭﺥ ﻓـﻲ ‪15‬ﺍﺒﺭﻴـل‪ 2015‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠـﻕ‬

‫ـﺩﺓ‬
‫ـﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪،‬ﺠﺭﻴـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒـ‬
‫ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼـ‬
‫ـﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـ‬
‫ـﻁﺎﺀ ﻓـ‬
‫ـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺴـ‬
‫ـﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻋﺘﻤـ‬
‫ﺒـ‬

‫ﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬ﺭﻗﻡ‪.55‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺠﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﺤﻭل ﺘﺩﺍﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﺽ ﺍﻷﻤـﻭﺍل‬

‫ﻭﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﻭﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 95‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.1992‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-579 -‬‬

 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

.2004 ‫ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬74 ‫ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ‬-6

‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺤـﺔ‬2008 ‫ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬87 ‫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ‬-7
.‫ﻏﺴﻴل ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍل ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

:‫ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬:‫ﺨﺎﻤﺴﺎﹰ‬

www.cosob.org ‫ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻭﺭﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‬-1

www.efsa.gov.eg ‫ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺴﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ‬-2

:‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‬:‫ﺴﺎﺩﺴﺎﹰ‬

1- Henri. Conac, « Les devoirs d’information de l’investisseur sur les

marchés spéculatifs aux Etats-Unis », Revue de droit bancaire et

financier Université Panthéon-Assas Paris II , 2002, n° 6.
2- Michel Storck, « Les obligations d'information, de conseil et de mise
en garde des prestataires de service d'investissement », Bulletin. Joly
Bourse, 2007, n° 3.
3- René. Hattab, De l’obligation de conseil des prestataires de service
d’investissement, thèse, Presses universitaires de Strasbourg, 2006
4- Jean.-Jaque Daigre, « La responsabilité civile de l’intermédiaire
financier en matière d’ordre de bourse et de couverture »,revue
Banque et Droit, Université Panthéon-Assas Paris II , 2000.
5- Jean-Pierre BUYLE et Gilles LAGUESSE, L’information du
consommateur d’instruments financiers , Revue de droit bancaire et
financier Université libre de Bruxelle , octobre2012.
6- Anne-Dominique Merville, Conformité des prestataires de services
d’investissement , Etudes Joly Bourse ,Aout 2013.
7- Code monétaire et financier français.

www.ejles.com -580 -
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪  ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫﺓ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺼﻨﻑ ﺃ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻤﺤﺎﻀﺭ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺃ‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻌﺴﻜﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻌﺴﻜﺭ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬ ‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-581-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻜﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻠـﺔ ﻤـﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓـﻀﻼ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻔـﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﺼﺤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠـﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺠﻌﻠـﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﻤـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﻁﺭﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭﻩ ﺒـﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻓﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻅـل‬
‫ﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻤـﻥ ﺠﻬـﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻤﻘـﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓـﺔ ﻜـﺎﻥ ﻻﺒـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺇﺒـﺭﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌـﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴـﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻜﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻗﻁـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴـﻕ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ )ﺴﻴﺎل‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﻭﺭ( ﻤـﻥ ﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺒـﺸﻜل ﻴـﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻹﻴـﺭﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨـﺭﻭﺝ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺄﺯﻕ ﺍﻹﻓﻼﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﺼﻴل ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-582-‬‬
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Abstract
Algeria, like other countries, suffers from the rareness and
limitlessness of water resources, as well as the impact of environmental
factors such as climate, drought, desertification and pollution, which have
made the problem of water very difficult in front of the public authorities
who are unable to provide it equally while the increasing demand on
drinking water on one side, and the economic sector needs on the other
side, in order to achieve this service in accordance with certain known
terms and standards, it was necessary to make private public partnership
contracts in order to achieve the financial return of the state budget, and
reduce the burden on it, and pay the water sector the efficiently and
achieve realizing consumer requirements. Thus, the water companies in
Algeria (Sial, Sewer) have been able to provide water on a daily basis with
high quality and guaranteed, raising revenues to record levels and breaking
the financial crisis, as well as obtaining enough expérience to efficiently
manage the sector.
Keywords: Partnership Public Private Sector, Water Sector, Water
Services, Drinking Water, Sanitation.

www.ejles.com -583-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺯﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺒﻤﻭﻗـﻊ ﺠﻐﺭﺍﻓـﻲ ﺇﺴـﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻲ ﻭﻤﺘﻤﻴـﺯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬـﺎ ﺘـﺼﻨﻑ ﻀـﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺸﺤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻌـﺩﺓ ﺃﺴـﺒﺎﺏ ﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴـﺔ ﻭﺃﺨـﺭﻯ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻴﻌـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﻤـﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻌﻁـﺵ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﻨﻕ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻑ ﻤﻊ ﻓﺸل ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺨـﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﺤﻠـﻭل ﻟﻤـﺸﺎﻜل ﻗﻁـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻌﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗـﺩ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺴـﺒﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨـﺹ ﺴـﻴﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨـﺴﻴﺔ ‪ Suez Environnement‬ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﻴﺨـﺹ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺎل‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﻨﺤﺎﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺠـﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻨﻁﺭﺡ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁـﺎﻉ ﻋـﺎﻡ ﺨـﺎﺹ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ؟ ﻭﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻟﻤﺤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻨﺸﺄﺓ ‪ ppp‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ‪ ،21‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴـﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ ،2005‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻋﺒـﺭ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻟﻡ ﻟﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻅﻬﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺼﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻠﺒﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﻤـﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺘﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺨـﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺠـﺩ ﻤـﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ %100‬ﺃﻤـﺎ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ ‪ %4‬ﻭﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ ‪ .%80‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﺘﺄﺨﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ )‪ :(01‬ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل‬
‫‪%4‬‬ ‫‪%96‬‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻤﺎﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺴﻨﻭﺴﻲ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻭﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ –ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺠﺭﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁـﺎﻉ ﻋـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،-‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،2014/2013 ،‬ﺹ)‪.(170،171‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-584-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪%80‬‬ ‫‪%20‬‬ ‫ﻓﺭﻨﺴﺎ‬

‫‪ %88‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻨﺠﻠﺘﺭﺍ ‪%100‬‬ ‫‪%12‬‬ ‫ﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺎ‬
‫‪%15‬‬ ‫‪%85‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫‪/‬‬ ‫‪%100‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ـﺼﺩﺭ‪les partenariats public-privé dans le secteur de l’eau en zone :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤـ‬
‫‪urbaine, Rapport de Synthèse, paris ;2003, p(3).‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺴـﻁ‬
‫ﻭﺸﻤﺎل ﺇﻓﺭﻴﻘﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻡ ﺍﻻﺨـﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺸـﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺘﻡ ﻤﻨﺢ ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻤـﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺯﺭﻗـﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﻠـﺔ ﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %25‬ﺒﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ ﻓﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺘﻌﺩ ﻜﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪-25‬‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻐﻁﻲ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻤﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﺠﻤﻴـﻊ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺘﺸﻤل‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻴﺔ ﻻﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﺒﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﻭﺘـﺸﻐﻴل‬
‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺘﻪ ﻁﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﻔﻀل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻴـﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﺭﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﺘﺄﺠﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻜﻠﻴﻬﻤـﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺩ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴـﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻓـﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺨـﻭﺍﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺌﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻷﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-585-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤـﺔ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴل‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ‪ 5‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ(‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻪ ﺘﻭﻜﻴل ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺼـﻴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻤﻌﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺯﺍل ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻘـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻘﺩ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤـﺔ ﻭﺸـﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﻨﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻤﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻜﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪ %80‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻭﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻨﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﺤﺼﺔ ‪ %20‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻨﺠﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻫـﻲ‪ Suez :‬ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴﻬﻡ‪ Saur ،‬ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴـﻬﻡ‪ Veolia ،‬ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﺭﻨـﺴﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴـﻬﻡ‪،‬‬
‫‪ Agbar‬ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﺴﺒﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴﻬﻡ‪ Thames water ،‬ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻨﺫ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺸﻬﺩ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺘﺤـﻭﻻ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺍ ﺒـﺩﺨﻭل ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺜﻤﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻴﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺤـﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌـﺎﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ %40‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒـﺎﺭ ﺤـﺎﻓﻅﻭ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻨﻔـﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺠـﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻴﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻊ ﻨﻬﺎﻴـﺔ ‪ 2007‬ﺒﻌـﺽ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻜﺎﻨـﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺩﻤﺕ ﺍﻨـﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺨﻠﻕ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺠﻌﻠﻬـﻡ ﻴﻔﻜـﺭﻭﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻭﺴـﻴﻊ ﺍﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‬

‫‪(1) Khelladi Mohammed amine Mehdi, vers un nouveau management public dans le‬‬
‫‪secteur de l’eau en Algérie par le recours au partenariat public-privé (ppp),‬‬
‫‪université d’Oran es-Sénia, Algérie p(8).‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-586-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻟﻸﺴﻭﺍﻕ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﻤـﺜﻼ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ‪ Latinaguas‬ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﺴـﻬﻡ ﺃﺭﺠﻨﺘﻴﻨﻴـﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺯﺕ ﺒﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺘﺎﻤﺒـﺎﺱ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴـﺭﻭ ﻓـﻲ ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ .2007‬ﻭﺍﻟـﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟـﻭﻁﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺒﻲ ‪ ONEP‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﺒﻌﻘـﺩ ﻟﻼﺴـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻜـﺎﻤﺭﻭﻥ ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ ،2007‬ﻭﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺘﻘﻠﺹ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻴـﺔ ﻓـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ‪ Suez‬ﺘﺨﻠـﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻭﻕ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﻼﺘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻓــﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺒــﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻴــﺔ ﻓــﺎﺯﺕ ﺒﻌﻘــﻭﺩ ‪ PPP‬ﻤﺜــل ‪ Acea‬ﺍﻴﻁﺎﻟﻴــﺎ‪ Vitens ،‬ﻫﻭﻟﻨــﺩﺍ‪،‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪ Stockholm water‬ﺍﻟﺴﻭﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ ﻋﻘـﻭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁـﺔ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﺎ ﺒـﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁـﺔ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨـﺎﻙ ﺜـﻼﺙ ﻤـﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻭﻴـل ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ )ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ( ﺒﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻀﻤﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﻘﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﺔ ﺒﻨﺴﺏ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻤﺘﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻘﺭﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻲ ﻴـﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨـﺎﻁﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻭﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻗﺘﺭﺍﺽ ﺒﻨـﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺎﺭﻴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺌﺘﻤﺎﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ‬
‫ﺒﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻭﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﻭﺤـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﻙ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺩﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺯﻴﻨﺔ )ﻋﻭﺍﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ‬

‫‪(1) Harris Clive, 2003, private participation in Infrastructure in Developing Countries :‬‬
‫‪trends, impacts, and policy lessons, working paper, world bank, Washington,DC,‬‬
‫‪p(31).‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-587-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻴﺯ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻁ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﺩﺭﺝ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻋﻜﺱ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺸـﻜل‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﺸﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺒﻨﻤﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤـﺔ ﺒﺈﻋـﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺘﺤﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻤﺱ‬
‫ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻹﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌﺩ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺨﻔﻴـﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻜﺎﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤـﻥ ﺜـﻡ ﻓـﺈﻥ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﻱ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ـﺎﺹ ﻭﺫﻟــﻙ ﻟﺘﺤــﺴﻴﻥ‬
‫ـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜــﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻁــﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨـ‬
‫ـﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤــﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺒــﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـ‬
‫‪ o‬ﺍﻻﺴـ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺠـﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺸﻐﻴل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻐﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ـﻲ‬
‫ـﺔ ﻓـ‬
‫ـﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤـ‬
‫ـﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴـ‬
‫ـﺎﻩ ﻭﺇﺠـ‬
‫ـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـ‬
‫ـﻲ ﻗﻁـ‬
‫ـﺭﺓ ﻓـ‬
‫ـﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻜﺒﻴـ‬
‫ـﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﺴـ‬
‫‪ o‬ﺘـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ـل‬
‫ـﻥ ﻗﺒـ‬
‫ـﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻤـ‬
‫ـﺩﺨل ﺍﻟـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـ‬
‫ـﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴـ‬
‫ـﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺭﻭﻗﺭﺍﻁﻴـ‬
‫ـﺎﻩ ﻋـ‬
‫ـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـ‬
‫ـﺎﺩ ﻗﻁـ‬
‫‪ o‬ﺇﺒﻌـ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺠﻌل ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻬﻠﻜﻴﻥ ﻤـﻥ ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻟﻜﺤل ﺍﻷﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ » ‪ ،« SEOR‬ﻤﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،2014/2013 ،‬ﺹ)‪.(74 ،71‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻏﺭﺒﻲ ﻋﺯﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ –ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﻤﻲ ‪ 15/14‬ﺩﻴﺴﻤﺒﺭ ‪ ،2014‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺹ)‪.(8‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-588-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺘﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺒﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﺤﺎﺭ ﺼﻴﻔﺎ ﻭﻤﻌﺘﺩل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﺸﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﻜﺎﺩ ﻴﻨﻌـﺩﻡ ﺴـﻘﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﺼﻴﻔﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺘﺒﺨﺭ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺭﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻔﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﻤﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼﻭل‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻴﺘﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺨﺼﻭﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎل ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﻘـﺎ ﻟﻠﻭﻜﺎﻟـﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺏ ‪ 94.3‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ 82‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪ (%87) 3‬ﺘﺘﺒﺨﺭ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻌـﺎﺩل ‪12.5‬‬
‫ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻴﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﻟﻸﺤﻤﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 03‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻴﺘـﺴﺭﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻁﺒﻘـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﻟﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 450‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻓـﻭﺍﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺭﺏ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﺃﻗل ﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁﺎ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘـﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﻁـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺒﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 2000‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺍﺤل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﻔﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻤـﺴﺎﺤﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 40‬ﻜﻠﻡ‪ ،2‬ﻭﺘﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ 100‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 600‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 300‬ﻤﻠﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺒﻌـﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨـﺎﻁﻕ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻌل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺠﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ %95‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ %80‬ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻔـﺎﻑ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺸﻜل ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻁـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﻌﺩل ﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻱ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻗل ﻤﻥ ‪ 100‬ﻤﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻋﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺘﻐﺫﻴـﺔ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻨﺎﺒﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺭﺃﻴﻨـﺎ ﺴـﺎﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪ ،2012‬ﺹ )‪.(61‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺯﺒﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺤﻴﻤﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،2014 ،05‬ﺹ )‪.(113‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ )‪.(62‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-589-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -2-1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ )ﺴـﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ( ﺏ ‪12.4‬‬
‫ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 3‬ﺃﺤﻭﺍﺽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺤﻭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎل )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻲ( ‪ 11.1‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻀﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ‪ 0.7‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺤﻭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻭﺒﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻁﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺭﺍﻭﻱ ‪ 0.6‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪.3‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺩﻴﺎﻥ )‪ (02‬ﻴﺠﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ) ‪ 1000‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ( ﻭﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻠﻑ ﻭﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺭﻤل ﺍﻟﻠـﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻠﺒﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪ 2268‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺨﻤﺴﺔ )‪ (05‬ﺃﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﻠﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ 500‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1000‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺴـﻴﺒﺎﻭ‪ ،‬ﺴـﻴﺒﻭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﺴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﻠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪ 3410‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﻋﺸﺭ )‪ (11‬ﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﺠﻠﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ 100‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 500‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ( ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺠـﻨﺠﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﺎﻓﻨـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺴﻴﺩﻱ ﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻏﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺵ‪ ،‬ﻤﺯﺍﻓﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﺭﻴﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻋﺎﺱ ﻭﻜﻴﺴﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺠﻠﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴﻁ ‪ 2530‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺴﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺭ )‪ (16‬ﻭﺍﺩ ﺘﺠﻠﺏ ﺒﻴﻥ )‪ 30‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 100‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ( ﻭﻫﻲ ﺩﺍﻤـﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺼﻔـﺼﺎﻑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻤﻴﺯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﻠﻤﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒـﻭﺩﻭﺍﻭ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴـﻴﻑ ﻨﺘﺎﻴـﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤـﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴـﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻴﺤﺭﻴﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺴﻜﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎل ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺸﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺠﻠـﺏ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁ ‪ 718‬ﻤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪(1).‬‬
‫‪ -3-1‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻤـﺼﺩﺭﺍ ﺃﺴﺎﺴـﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻤـﻭﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻐﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﻭﻁﻥ ﺏ ‪07‬‬
‫ﻤﻼﻴﻴﺭ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 02 o‬ﻤﻠﻴﺎﺭ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ %28.57‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺃﻴـﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ %70‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪ 05 o‬ﻤﻼﻴﻴﺭ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ %71.43‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻨﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻓﺭﺍﺡ ﺭﺸﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ )‪.(173،171‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻓﺭﺍﺡ ﺭﺸﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ)‪.(173،175‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-590-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻤﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻜﺘﺴﺏ ﺃﻫﻤﻴـﺔ ﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ)*(‪ :‬ﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺴﺘﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤـﺭﺕ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :1964‬ﺸﻬﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺀ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺤﻁـﺔ )ﻭﺤـﺩﺓ ﺼـﻐﻴﺭﺓ( ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤل ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﻲ ﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺯﻴﻭ ﻭﻫـﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﻁﺎﻗـﺔ ﺇﻨﺘـﺎﺝ ﺘﻌـﺎﺩل ‪ 573‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻨﺸﺌﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨـﺴﻴﺔ ‪ Veolia Sidem‬ﻭﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐـﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴـﻲ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺘﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺩﺨﻠـﺕ ﺤﻴـﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤـﺔ ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪1965‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ‪.MED‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :1969‬ﺸﻬﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺜـﺎﻨﻲ ﻭﺤـﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘـﻀﻨﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺯﻴﻭ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﻁﺎﻗـﺔ ﺇﻨﺘـﺎﺝ ﻴـﻭﻤﻲ ﺘﻌـﺎﺩل ‪ 3000‬ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻭﺃﻨـﺸﺌﺕ ﻤـﻥ ﻗﺒـل‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ‪.Weir Tchna‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺼـﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺠـﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻁﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻤـﻀﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟـﺩﻴﻠﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻀـﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﺤﺔ )ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺭ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :1994‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺤـﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺘﻌﻤـل ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻀـﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺴﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﻭﻻﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺴﺘﻐﺎﻨﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 5200‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ ﻭﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐـﺭﺽ ﻤـﻥ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﻫـﻭ ﺘﻠﺒﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :1996‬ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴـﺔ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﻨـﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺒـﺔ ﺘﻌﻤـل ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻀـﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜـﺴﻲ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 5.184‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ ﻭﺘـﻡ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤـﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻟﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠـﺎﺕ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺴﻤﻴﺩﺍل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)*( ‪ %65‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺭﺒﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭل ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﺘل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﻭﻴـﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺎ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-591-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2002‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﻁـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻁـﻁ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻌﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺒﺈﺸـﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻭﻤـﺔ ﺘـﻡ ﺇﻨـﺸﺎﺀ ‪21‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺘﻨﺎﻀﺦ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺩﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗـﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴـﺔ ﻟﻬـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ ‪ 57.500‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﺍﻷﻟﻤﺎﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :2005‬ﺸﻬﺩ ﺘﺩﺸﻴﻥ ﺃﻭل ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻜﻬﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﺒﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺯﻴﻭ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺘﻌـﺎﺩل ‪ 103× 88.6‬ﻡ‪ ،3‬ﻭﻤﺜـل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺸـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻨﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻁﻤﻭﺡ ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ‪ 13‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺭ ﺒـﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ 2.31‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 843‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺎ ﻤﻠﺤﻭﻅﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫ﺒﻔﻀل ﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻤﻊ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﻤﺤﻔـﺯﺓ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠـﺔ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ‪ 1200‬ﻜﻠﻡ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻀﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻨﻘﺴﻡ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﻴﻥ ﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺸﺎﺌﻴﺔ ]ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻀﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ‬
‫)‪ ،(RO‬ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻠﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺭﺒﺎﺌﻴﺔ )‪ [(ED‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ])ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻁﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻤـﻀﻲ ﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤـل‬
‫)‪ (MSF‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ )‪ (MED‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻏﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭ )‪ .[(VC‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﻋﻤل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ RO‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻠﺏ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.MSF‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻨﺘﻘﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺫﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ‪ 90‬ﻤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ 1999‬ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ 270‬ﻤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪،2005‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 350‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻜﻤﺎل ﺒﻭﻋﻅﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎل ﻴﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ‬
‫)‪ ،(2015-2005‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 2016/16‬ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗـﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨـﻲ‪https://revues.univ- :‬‬
‫ـﻡ‬
‫‪ ouargla.dz/images/banners/ASTimages/elbahithimages/BAHIN16/A1629.pdf‬ﺘـــ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻭﻡ ‪ 2017/04/24‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪14:00‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺒﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺒﺸﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠـﺔ ﻟﻠﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺸـﻤﻴﺔ‪،2008 ،‬‬
‫ﺹ)‪.(113‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻜﻤﺎل ﺒﻭﻋﻅﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎل ﻴﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ)‪(325،324‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-592-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﻠﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﺩﺭﺕ ﺏ ‪ 67‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻤﻭﺯﻋـﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 25‬ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 275‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻘـﺫﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺭﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ ‪ 750‬ﻤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺫﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺘﻔـﻭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 7‬ﺴﺩﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﺒﺴﻌﺔ ‪ 100‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪.3‬‬
‫‪ -3-2‬ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺠﺎﺝ)*(‪ :‬ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺠﺎﺝ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻨـﻭﺏ‬
‫ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 100‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 200‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻐل ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻭﻨﺎﻁﺭﺍﻙ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺒﺭﻴﺩﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻜﺒﺭ ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺠﺎﺝ ﺩﺨﻠﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 34000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻠـﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﻤﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 20000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ ﻟﻴﺭﺘﻔـﻊ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪ 27000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺴﻁﺭﺕ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺠﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ‪ 11‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺠﺎﺝ ﻗﺒل‬
‫ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻠﺔ ﻭﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬـﺫﻩ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 142000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 51.83‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻡ‪/3‬ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺯﻟـﻲ‪ :‬ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﻜﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟـﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻭﺏ ﺨـﻼل ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪2009‬‬
‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 3‬ﻤﻼﻴﻴـﺭ ﻭ ‪ 500‬ﻤﻠﻴـﻭﻥ ﻡ‪ ،3‬ﻭﻭﺼـل ﻋـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟـﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻓـﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﺔ ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ 35100000‬ﻨﺴﻤﺔ‪،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﻠﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺘﻭﺼـﻴل ﺍﻟـﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺒـﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﻭﻴـﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ‪ %78‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1999‬ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ %93‬ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ .2008‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘـﺎﻟﻲ ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻤﻌـﺩل ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻠـﻎ ﻋـﺎﻡ ‪ 1999‬ﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 123‬ﻟﺘـﺭ‪ ،‬ﺜـﻡ ﺍﺭﺘﻔـﻊ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪ 165‬ﻟﺘﺭ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2008‬ﻭﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺤﺎﻟﻴـﺎ ‪ 169‬ﻟﺘـﺭ‪ .‬ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺩل ﻴﻌـﺩ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌـﺩﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﺩﻭل ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﺎﻟﻬﻨﺩ ﺃﻗـل ﻤـﻥ ‪ 140‬ﻟﺘـﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﻥ ﺃﻗـل ﻤـﻥ ‪ 90‬ﻟﺘـﺭ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤـﺎ ﺃﻥ‬

‫)*( ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺠﺎﺝ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻁﺎﻕ ﺸﺭﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ﻓﻭﺍﺡ ﺭﺸﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ )‪.(79،80‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-593-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺜل ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴـﺔ ﻭﺼـﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﺍﻷﻤـﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤـﺩﺓ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻔﻭﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺩﺭﺕ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻷﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻭﻓﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴـﺴﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻴﻭﻤﻴـﺎ ﻫـﻭ ‪20‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻷﻏـﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻏـﺴﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺒـﺱ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺘﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 50‬ﻟﺘﺭ ﻴﻭﻤﻴـﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠـﺩ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻘـﺔ ﻟـﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺘـﺴﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـﻥ ﺘﺘـﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﻨـﺴﺒﺔ ﺘـﺴﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻭﻗﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘل ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ %20‬ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪ %40‬ﺒـل ﺘـﺼل ﺃﺤﻴﺎﻨـﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ ‪%50‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 400‬ﺃﻟﻑ ﻤﺘﺭ ﻤﻜﻌﺏ ﻴﻭﻤﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻀﻑ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺇﺴـﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﻁﻥ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺫﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺤﻲ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺤﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﻬﻼﻜﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺒﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ %70‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %80‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺒـﻴﻥ ‪%85‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ %95‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻐﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %50‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﻤـﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺜـﺭﻭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴـﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺃﺴـﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟـﺴﻘﻲ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﻴﻥ )ﻜﺎﻟﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻱ ﺒﺎﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﺴﺘﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺭﺍﺝ ﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻁﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺫﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺒﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻠﻔﻅ ﺴﻨﻭﻴﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 220‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﺘـﺭ ﻤﻜﻌـﺏ‬
‫ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﻤﺜـل‬
‫ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺴﺩ ﺒﻨﻲ ﺒﻬﺩل‪ ،‬ﺴﺩ ﺍﻷﻜﺤل‪ ،‬ﺴﺩ ﺤﻤﺎﻡ ﻏﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺎﻓﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴـﻴﺒﻭﺱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻭﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻠﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻨﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻭﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﻠﻐﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺨﺒـﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ،LRS-EAU‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﺹ )‪.(2‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-594-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻭﺙ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺼﻨﺩﻭﻕ ﻤﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﺜـﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻠﻭﻴﺜﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻜﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺘﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋـﻥ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎﺥ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺤﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻭﺙ‪ ،‬ﺠﻌﻠﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﻁﺭﺡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭﻩ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﺯﺩﻴـﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻁﻠـﺏ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺔ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺸﻜل ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺤل ﺍﻟﺴﺩﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻌﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻨﻘﺹ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻤﺭﺍﻓـﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻤـﻼ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻲ ﻟﺠﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﻤﺅﺴـﺴﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺼﻨﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻤﻬﺎﻤﻬـﺎ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻓﺭﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤـﻭل ﺍﻷﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻤـﺔ‪ 15/14 ،‬ﺩﻴـﺴﻤﺒﺭ‬
‫‪.(11،12) ،2014‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺒﻭﻋﺯﺓ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤـﻭل ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ‪ 21/19‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪ ،2006‬ﺹ)‪.(5‬‬
‫ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺼﺭ ﺭﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻜﻤﺩﺨل ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺴـﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴـﺎﻡ ‪8/7‬‬
‫ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪ ،2008‬ﺹ )‪.(27‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-595-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟـﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔـل‬
‫ﺒﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻘﻠﻬـﺎ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺘﻬـﺎ ﻭﺘﺨﺯﻴﻨﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻘﺔ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻭﻴﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﺼﻼﺡ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺭﻓـﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺜﻼﺙ ﻤﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺼﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻨﻁﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﺎﺭﻑ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﺠـﺯ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﺎل ‪SEAAL‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺨﻼل ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺸـﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫‪ SEAAL‬ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻨﻔﻴﺭﻭﻨﻤﻨﺕ ‪ Suez Environnement‬ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﻤﺱ ﺴـﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴـﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺭﻗﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ‪ SEAAL‬ﻓﻬـﻡ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ‪ ADE‬ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ‪.ONA‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ‪ 2016‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻤـﺩﺓ ﺨﻤـﺱ‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻭﺴﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﺘـﺸﻤل‬
‫ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺘﻴﺒﺎﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤـﺔ ﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴـﺔ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻤـﺎ ﻴﻠـﻲ ﺃﻫـﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 4000‬ﻜﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12 ‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻐﻼل‪.‬‬
‫‪ 215 ‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 200 ‬ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﺘﻀﻡ ﺃﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ‪ 700000‬ﻡ‪ 3‬ﻭﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ 58‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻀﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ ‪ 620000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻏﺭﺒﻲ ﻋﺯﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺹ )‪.(10‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-596-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻤﻤﺘﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 2700‬ﻜﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 25 ‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4 ‬ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 1565000‬ﺴﺎﻜﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 444520 ‬ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺯﺒﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 18 ‬ﻭﻜﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪ 43265 ‬ﻋﺎﻤل ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ ‪ 1038‬ﺇﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /2‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻨﻭﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ‪ 24/24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺒﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺴﺒﺘﻤﺒﺭ ‪.2009‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺴﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼـﺔ ﺒﺎﻟـﺴﺎﺤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﻜل ﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻨﻭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﻭﻨﻲ ‪ gestion clientéle‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻑﺀ ﻤـﻥ ﺃﺠـل ﺍﻟﺭﻓـﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺭﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﺨﻼل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻨﺠﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 27 ‬ﺨﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ‪ Suez Envirennement‬ﻴﻤﺘﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎل‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺎﺩل ‪ 30000‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪-‬ﻋﺎﻤل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺸﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ o‬ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻭﻨﻤﺫﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-597-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -4‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ PDG‬ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼـﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺱ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻨﻘل ﻨـﻭﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺒﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻤﺒﺩﺃ ‪ 24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺘﻡ ﻀﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﻨﺴﺒﺔ ‪ %100‬ﻤﻊ ﺘﺤﺴﻥ ﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺸـﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﻠﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ %63‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %68.3‬ﺨﻼل ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺠﺩ ﻤﺘﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴﻨﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺩﺓ ‪ 24/24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺩﺓ ‪ 365‬ﻴـﻭﻡ ﻤـﻥ ‪ %8‬ﺴـﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 2006‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %100‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ .2010‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ %89‬ﻤﻥ ﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺼﻤﺔ)*( ﺭﺍﻀﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﻟﻼﺤﺘﻴﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻁﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %11‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪.2010-2006‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻷﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 1500‬ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﺽ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺭﺘﻔـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨـﻲ ﻤـﻥ ‪ %60‬ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ 2006‬ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫‪ %67‬ﺴﻨﺔ ‪.2009‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﺴﺠﻴل ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %88‬ﻤﻥ ﺭﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـﺼﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺭﺍﺕ ﺘﺴﺎﻗﻁ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﻤﺜل ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ‪ %86‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪.2010-2006‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺤﺔ‪ 59 ،‬ﺸﺎﻁﺊ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺡ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﺤﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺴـﻨﺔ ‪ 2010‬ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨـﺔ ﺏ ‪39‬‬
‫ﺸﺎﻁﺊ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬

‫)*( ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﺴﻴﺎل ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﻼﺘﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺘﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺼل ﻤﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ‪ 295000‬ﺍﺘﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻤﻨﺫ ‪.2008‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-598-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪ 6190‬ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜـﻭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 563‬ﻴـﻭﻡ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ )ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻭﺒﺭﻤﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻷﻭﺘﻭﻤﺎﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻭﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ‪SEOR‬‬
‫ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺘﺠـﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﻨـﺸﺄﺕ ﻓـﻲ ‪ 01‬ﺃﻓﺭﻴـل ‪2008‬‬
‫ﺒﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺒﺭﺃﺴﻤﺎل ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻤﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺏ‬
‫‪ 1000000000‬ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻤﻨﺫ ﻨﺸﺄﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺸﺭﻓﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﻻﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﻠﻌـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺄﻗـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﻤﻜﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﻴﺼﻨﻑ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ‪ 30‬ﻤﻠﻴﻭﻥ ﺃﻭﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﺩﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻤـﻊ ﻭﻀـﻊ‬
‫ﺨﻁﻁ ﻋﻤل ﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺩﺘﻬﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ ﺨﻁـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘـﻡ ﺍﻻﺘﻔـﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟـﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـﺼﺤﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﺴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻨﻘل ﺨﺒﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻟـﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴـﻴﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺨـﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌـﺼﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠـﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴـﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼـﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻭﻻﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻘـﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 140000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴـﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴـﻭﺀ ﺘﻭﺯﻴـﻊ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ‪ %7‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺤـﺼﻭل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀـﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﺹ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺨﻠﻕ ﻭﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪(1) SEAAL (Société des Eaux et de l’assainissement d’alger), Faire de SEAAL un modèle‬‬
‫‪durable de modernisation du Service public en Algérie, Bilan et prespectives,‬‬
‫‪Algérie, Septembre 2010, p (4,6).‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-599-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺒﻠﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﺍﺭ ‪ 24/24‬ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻅﻔﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻁﺭﺓ ﺘﺒﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺘﺤﻭﻴـل ﺍﻟﻤﻬـﺎﺭﺓ ﻤـﻥ ﻤـﺴﻴﺭﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ‪ 21‬ﺘﻘﻨﻲ ﻭﺨﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﺎل ﺭﺴـﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺭﺍﺌﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟـﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴـﺭ ﻟـﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺴـﻴﻭﺭ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻫـﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻨﻴﺩ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 2679‬ﻋﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻭﺯﻋﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ‪ 9‬ﺩﻭﺍﺌﺭ ﻭ ‪ 26‬ﺒﻠﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻴﻥ ﺘﻤﻭﺸـﻨﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻐﺎﻨﻡ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 3412 -‬ﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2046 -‬ﻜﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 77 -‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻟﻠﺭﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 158‬ﺨﺯﺍﻥ ﺒﻁﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺏ ‪ 756740‬ﻡ‪ ،3‬ﻭ ‪ 46‬ﺒﺌﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺤﻁﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺒﻭﺼﻔﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ 64‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻀﺦ ﻭ ‪ 5‬ﻤﺤﻁـﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠـﺔ ‪300000‬‬
‫ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺓ ‪ 25000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﺤﻁﺘـﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ‪300000‬‬
‫ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﺨﻁﺔ ﻋﻤل ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺘﻭﺴـﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺩﻯ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻤﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﺤﻘﻘﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻁﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻤل ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻕ ﻤﻌﺯﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺴﻲ ﺒﻭﻨﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺩﻱ ﺒﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩﻴل‪،‬‬
‫ﻜﺭﻴﺴﺘل‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ MAO‬ﻭﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻠﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺏ ‪ 300000‬ﻡ‪/3‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ‪ MAO‬ﻓﻲ ﺨﻁ ﻟﺘﺤﻭﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬

‫‪(1)http://www.seor.dz/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=61&Itemid=1‬‬
‫‪05 Date:04-04-2016.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-600-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺴﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﺩﺓ )ﻭﺍﺩ ﺸﻠﻑ( ﻤﺭﻭﺭﺍ ﺒﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻐﺎﻨﻡ ﻓﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺭﺯﻴﻭ ﻭﺼﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺎﻫﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺭﻑ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺍﺠﻌﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻐﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺜﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ‪ 2012-2008‬ﻤﻥ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋـﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺒـﺎﺌﻥ ﺒﺤـﻭﺍﻟﻲ‬
‫‪ %18.75‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﺃﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻤـﺸﺎﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴـﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺕ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤـﺩﺍﺭ ‪24/24‬‬
‫ﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﻓﺨﻼل ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2014‬ﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻭﺘﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻴﻭﻤﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ %99.7‬ﻭﻭﺼـل ﻋـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪.1214955‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل‬
‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﻤل ﻗﺩ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﻤﻠﻭﺜـﺔ ﻭﺒﻜﺘﻴﺭﻴـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻘﻠﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺍﺌﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻁﻌـﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺘﻡ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﺘﻐﻁﻲ ﻜﺎﻤـل ﺘـﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴـﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻴﺴﻁﻭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ‪ ،‬ﺒﻭﺘﻠﻴﻠﻴﺱ(‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ ﻋـﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻤﺨﺎﺒﺭ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 4000‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻟﻠﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ 73000‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺁﺨﺭ ﻴﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﺍﺘﺼﺎل ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﺒﺎﺌﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻤـﻥ ﺨـﻼل‬
‫ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺨﻼﻴﺎ ﻟﻼﺴﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﻗﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﺠﺩﻴـﺩﺓ ﻟﻨﻘـل ﺍﻨـﺸﻐﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻔـﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ‪ 17‬ﻭﻜﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻜﺎﻤل ﺘـﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻻﻴـﺔ ﻭﻫـﺭﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺯﺒﺎﺌﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻡ ﺃﺨﻀﺭ ‪.02 30‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻨﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪ 5‬ﻤﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭل ﻻﺴﺘﺒﺩﺍل ﺍﻷﻨﺎﺒﻴﺏ ﻭﻋﺩﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻻﺴـﺘﻌﺎﻨﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺤﺩﻴﺜـﺔ‬
‫ﻻﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﺒﺘﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺼﻴﺎﻨﺔ ‪ 756‬ﻜﻡ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ )‪ %41‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻤﺕ ﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ‪ 66987‬ﺘﺴﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﻴـﺎﻩ ﻤﻨـﺫ ﺍﻨﻁـﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﺒﻤﻌﺩل ‪ 46‬ﺘﺩﺨل ﻴﻭﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻜﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 2000‬ﺘـﺴﺭﺏ ﻜـل‬
‫ﺸﻬﺭ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻭﺘﺭﺓ ﺏ ‪.%33+‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-601-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﻭﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻁﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺴـﻴﻭﺭ ﺒـﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺫﻟـﻙ ﺒﻌـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ‪ STEP‬ﻭﺭﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘـﺩﻭﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﺤﻴـﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻫـﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﻔﻀل ﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﺎﺒﻴـﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒـﺩل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺠﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻀﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻭﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻀﺒﻁ ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟـﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﻴﺭﺒﻁ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 155‬ﻤﺤﻁﺔ ﻫﻴﺩﺭﻭﻟﻴﻜﻴﺔ )ﺃﺤﻭﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻁﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺁﺒـﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨـﺎﺒﻴﻊ‬
‫‪ (...‬ﺏ ‪ 200‬ﻨﻘﻁﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ )ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻓﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﻜﺎﻤـل ﺘـﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺨﻠل ﻤﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻌـﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺘﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺒﺘﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﺭﻴﻊ ﻭﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-602-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤــﺔ‬

‫ﺘﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻁـﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻫـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺸﻐﻴل ﻤﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻨﺘﻴﺠـﺔ ﻟﻌﺠـﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴـﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ )ﺴﻴﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺎل( ﺘﻠﻌﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﻬﻡ ﻓـﻲ ﺘـﻭﻓﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﻴﻭﻤﻲ ﻭﺒﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻹﻴﺭﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻤـﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﺎﺴـﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺄﺯﻕ ﺍﻹﻓﻼﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻹﻁﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺘﺩﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻤﻜﻨﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺼﻴل ﺨﺒﺭﺓ ﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺘﻭﻟﻲ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺒﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ ﺤﻘﻘـﺕ‬
‫ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺠﺩ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻔﺯ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴـﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺘﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻤﻠﻤﻭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻘﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﺭﻡ ﻋﻘﻭﺩ ﺸـﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-603-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺴﻨﻭﺴﻲ ﺒﻥ ﻋﻭﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺠﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ –ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،-‬ﺃﻁﺭﻭﺤﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪.2014/2013 ،‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻟﻜﺤل ﺍﻷﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﺎﻋﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻁﻬﻴﺭ ﻟﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ » ‪ ،« SEOR‬ﻤﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺘﺨﺼﺹ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺔ‪،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪.2014/2013 ،‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻏﺭﺒﻲ ﻋﺯﻭﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ –ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻟﻠﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨـﺎﺹ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺎﺴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴـﻭﻤﻲ ‪ 15/14‬ﺩﻴـﺴﻤﺒﺭ‬
‫‪ ،2014‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺤﺎﺭﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﺎﺘﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌـﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺠﻭﺍﻥ ‪.2012‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺯﺒﻴﺩﺓ ﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺤﻴﻤﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻭﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﻘﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻠﻤﻴـﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪.2014 ،05‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻜﻤﺎل ﺒﻭﻋﻅﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎل ﻴﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺏ ﻭﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ )‪ ،(2015-2005‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 2016/16‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨـﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪https://revues.univ-‬‬
‫‪ouargla.dz/images/banners/ASTimages/elbahithimages/BAHIN16/A1629.p‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻭﻡ ‪ 2017/04/24‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪df14:00‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺒﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺒﺸﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ ﺍﻟﻤـﺸﺎﻜل ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠـﻭل‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤـﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺸﻤﻴﺔ‪.2008 ،‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺒﻠﻐﺎﻟﻲ‪،‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩﻩ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺨﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌـﺩﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴـﺎﺕ ‪ ،LRS-EAU‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌـﺭ‪،‬‬
‫‪.2009‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-604-‬‬
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ -9‬ﻓﺭﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻫﺸﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺸﻴﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻲ‪ :‬ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻤﺔ‪ 15/14 ،‬ﺩﻴﺴﻤﺒﺭ ‪.2014‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺒﻭﻋﺯﺓ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﺴﺘﺭﺍﺘﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﻫﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ‪ 21/19‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪.2006‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺼﺭ ﺭﺤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺎﻩ ﻜﻤﺩﺨل ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ‬
‫ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺘﺩﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤـﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺴﻁﻴﻑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ‪ 8/7‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪.2008‬‬
‫‪12- Khelladi Mohammed amine Mehdi, vers un nouveau management‬‬
‫‪public dans le secteur de l’eau en Algérie par le recours au partenariat‬‬
‫‪public-privé (ppp), université d’Oran es-Sénia, Algérie.‬‬
‫‪13- Harris Clive, 2003, private participation in Infrastructure in‬‬
‫‪Developing Countries : trends, impacts, and policy lessons, working‬‬
‫‪paper, world bank, Washington,DC.‬‬
‫‪14- SEAAL (Société des Eaux et de l’assainissement d’alger), Faire de‬‬
‫‪SEAAL un modèle durable de modernisation du Service public en‬‬
‫‪Algérie, Bilan et prespectives, Algérie, Septembre 2010.‬‬
‫=‪15/http://www.seor.dz/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id‬‬
‫‪61&Itemid=105 Date:04-04-2016.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻲ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺴﻴﻭﺭ ﻭﻫﺭﺍﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-605-‬‬
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬



 



‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺒﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬-‫ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‬

www.ejles.com - 606-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺘﺒﺤﺙ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻤﺜﱠل ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ ﺼﻤﻤﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺯﻭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺒﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 607-‬‬

 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Abstract
This study investigate the impact of provisioning the advisory
services by the audit offices on an important stage of the audit stages,
which is check and evaluate the internal control system in the Syrian
environment. The research community consists of all of the auditors, who
are working in Damascus, Lattakia and Tartous. This Stage is expressed
through a range of basic steps, which must be followed by the auditor in
checking and evaluating the internal control system.
The collected data has been analyzed by using a questionnaire, that
is designed for this purpose. In addition to a set of interviews, that have
provided the study with additional information, that related to the
presented phrases in the questionnaire.
The study found that there is an impact of provisioning the
advisory services by the audit offices on some of these stages.
Key words: Advisory Services, Internal Contro.

www.ejles.com - 608-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻤﺠﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻌﺩﺕ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻤل ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻤﻁﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺨﺫﺕ ﺃﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺘﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻷﺨﺹ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺯﺍﻴﺩ ﻤﻌﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻴﺭﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،2012 ،‬ﺹ ‪ ،(49‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻨﻅﺭﺍﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺒﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻟﻤﺎﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺒﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤل‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺜل ﻟﻬﺎ ) ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،2011 ،‬ﺹ ‪.(35‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﺯﺩﻴﺎﺩ ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺎ ﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﻤﻊ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎﹰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ )ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻠﻭﻥ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﻡ( ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﻤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﻤﺠﺎل‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻴﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭﻯ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺼﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﺩﻤﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﺄﻫﻴل ﻜﻭﺍﺩﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺴﻴﺏ )ﻗﺭﻴﻁ‪،2008 ،‬‬
‫ﺹ ‪.(10‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﻌﺩﻯ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻠﻑ ﺒﺘﺩﻗﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺨﺫ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ)ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،2011 ،‬ﺹ ‪.(36‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ) ﻤﺜل ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺩﻴﻤﻲ ‪ ،2007‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪carcello,‬‬
‫‪ ،1992 hermanson and mcgrath‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪ (1990 sutton and lampe‬ﻗﺩ ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‬
‫ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﺒﻔﺤﺹ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 609-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﺴﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺴﺘﻨﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫ ﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﻀﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻫل ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ؟‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﺤـﺩ ﺍﻟـﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻭﺍﺠـﻪ ﻤﻬﻨـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺴـﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺜﺎﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠـﺔ ﻤﻬﻤـﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤـل ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻠـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻔﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺒﺭﺯ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺜﺭ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻭﺜﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺸﻜل ﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺎﹰ ﻭﻜﻤﻴﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻭﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﻤﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺨﻼل ﺇﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﻭﺼﻑ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺠﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 610-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ‪ ،261‬ﻭﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ‪،25‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻋﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ،17‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻟﻌﺎﻡ ‪ 2015‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﺒﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻭﺍﺌﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻤﺔ )ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻓﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺩﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻬل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﻤﺜﻠﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻫﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻭﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻹﺤﺼﺎﺌﻲ ﻭﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺠﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 1‬ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻗﻭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺼﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺯﻋﺔ‬
‫‪%67‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‬
‫‪%72‬‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫‪%75‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬ ‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ‬
‫‪%100‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪47‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ ﺼﻤﻤﺕ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻬﺎ ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺎﻋﺩ‬
‫ﻻﺤﻘﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 611-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻡ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻔﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻴﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻔﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‬
‫ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻻ ﺘﻭﺠﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘل‪ :‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ )ﻗﺭﻴﻁ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2008‬ﺹ ‪.(12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺒﻊ‪ :‬ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 612-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺘﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻔﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺸﺘﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ‪ ) :‬ﻋﻤﺭ ﺸﺭﻴﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2013‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪(107 – 85‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪"size of Audit Fees and Perceptions of‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪ :(1)(1991) Gul‬ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪:‬‬
‫‪Auditors Ability to Resist Management Pressure in Audit Conflict‬‬
‫"‪Situations‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻤﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﻤﻨﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺌﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻴﻭﺯﻴﻼﻨﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﺤل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل‪) :‬ﺤﺠﻡ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ – ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ – ﺤﺠﻡ ﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺙ ﺒﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺘﺤﺘﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺼﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻟﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻡ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﻅﻔﻲ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻻﺌﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﻭﻙ‬
‫ﻨﻴﻭﺯﻴﻼﻨﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻷﻓﻀل ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴل ﺘﻤﺜل ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﺨﻔﻀﺕ‬
‫ﻤﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﻀﻐﻭﻁ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‪.‬‬

‫‪(1) Gul, F. A. "size of Audit Fees and Perceptions of Auditors Ability to Resist‬‬
‫– ‪Management Pressure in Audit Conflict Situations". ABACUS. 1991, pp. 162‬‬
‫‪170.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 613-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻘﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﹰ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎﻻﹰ ﻟﺤـﺴﻡ ﻤـﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌـﺎﺭﺽ ﻟـﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﺎ ﻋـﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﺘـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻭﻀﺤﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺤﺴﻡ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻭﺯﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ )‪:(2007‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺩﻋﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﺕ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺒﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺨﻼل ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﺎﺼﻡ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ )‪:(2008‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺸﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪،‬ﻭﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﺼﺎﻡ ﻗﺭﻴﻁ )‪ :(2008‬ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪" :‬ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ"‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 614-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻤـﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨـﺸﺂﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـﻼﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺘـﻡ ﺘﻘـﺴﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻗـﺴﻤﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭﻱ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻨـﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤـﺙ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻅـﺭﻱ ﻤﻔﻬـﻭﻡ ﻭﺃﻫﻤﻴـﺔ ﺍﺴـﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻔﻬـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﻭﺠﻬـﺔ ﻨﻅـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﻘـﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠـﻲ ﻓﻘـﺩ ﺘـﻀﻤﻥ ﻁـﺭﻕ ﺠﻤـﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻤﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻤﺜل ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺠﺯﺀﺍﹰ ﻤﻬﻤﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻴﻀﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪:(2009) Salehi‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻤﺩﻗﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻪ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺒﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻘﺎﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻪ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪:(2010) Muhamed etal‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل‬
‫ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺤﺎﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ )‪:(2014‬‬
‫ﻫﺩﻓﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴل ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺭﻗﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴل ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 615-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻉ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻘﻭﻥ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻘﺎﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺴﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺘﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻭﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .10‬ﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻼﺫﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﺭﻁﻭﺱ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﻡ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ‪ 60‬ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪ ،‬ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻰ ﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﻡ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺭﻕ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .11‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1 .11‬ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺘﻤﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻌﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل)ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﻭﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻤﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻭﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺌﻲ( ﻭﻟﻜل ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻁﻭﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻜﻤﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻨﻘﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﺘﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻟﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 616-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻌﺎل ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻤﻁﺒﻕ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻴﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤل‬
‫ﻤﻜﻠﻑ ﻭﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻁﻭﻴل ﻭﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻪ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﻨﺴﺭﻴﻥ ﺤﺸﻴﺸﻲ‪ ،2012 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.(68-61‬‬
‫‪ .2 .11‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻷﻫﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻴﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ "ﻫﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻤﺩﻴﺭﻱ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻷﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ"‪.(Milan, K, 2002) .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ "ﻫﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻟﻌﻤﻼﺌﻬﺎ ﺒﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ"‪.(Beattie and Fearnley, 2002) .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ "ﻫﻲ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻼﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺭﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻙ" )ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻫﺎﺏ ﻨﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺸﺤﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ‪.(2009 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3 .11‬ﺘﻌﺭﻴﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺩﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻴﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ "ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل‬
‫ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺘﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ"‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺤﺩﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،1999 ،‬ﺹ ‪.(242‬‬
‫ﻋﺭﻓﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﻁﺭﺍﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺒﺜﻘﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻻﻤﺭﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫‪ AICPA‬ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ" ﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﺃﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﻀﺒﻁ ﻭﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﺔ"‪).‬ﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﻟﺩ‪ ،2000 ،‬ﺹ ‪.(176‬‬
‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﻫﻭ ﺘﺨﻁﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﻴﻴﺱ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 617-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﺎﺠﻴﺔ"‪).‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻤﻲ ﻁﻭﺍﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺼﺩﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﻌﻭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2003‬ﺹ ‪.(84‬‬
‫‪ .4 .11‬ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺭﻏﻭﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‪) :‬ﻗﺭﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪(18 – 17‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻤﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﻭﺩﻓﺎﺘﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ‪ :‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺸﻌﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻬﻤﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻥ ﻗﺼﺩ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺼﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﻔﺴﻴﺭﺍﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﺫﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺃﻱ ﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺸﺄﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺸﻙ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺘﻌﺭ‪‬ﻀﻪ ﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻋﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺴﺎﻋﺩ ; ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺹ ﺹ ‪(176 – 175‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺹ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻑ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻜﻤل ﻭﺠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺇﻫﻤﺎل ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺅﺜﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5 .11‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺠﻨﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 618-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻻﻁﹼﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻀﻐﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺘﺠﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﺽ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻌﺎﹰ ﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﺒﻬﺩﻑ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ‪) .‬ﻗﺭﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،2008 ،‬ﺹ ‪(35‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻭﻀﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺴﺘﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺯﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻤﺩ; ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،2009 ،‬ﺹ ‪(242‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﺩﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺤﻴﺙ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﺯﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﻋﻭﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﺄﺩﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﺎ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺯﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻤﺩ; ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.(242‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺒﺭﻨﺎﻤﺞ ﻤﺭﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻷﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﺠﻔﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺯﻴﺔ ﺤﺎﻤﺩ; ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ،2009‬ﺹ ‪.(242‬‬
‫‪ .12‬ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ‬
‫‪ .1 .12‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺼﺩﻕ ﻭﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺼﺩﻕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﻌﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ ﻗﺒـل ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻌﻬـﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻋﻴﻨـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﻴﻥ ﺘﺄﻟﻔﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ 11‬ﻋﻀﻭﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺭﻴـﺴﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﻜﻠﻴـﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺘﺸﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﺎﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤـﻴﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻤـﺕ ﺒـﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤـﺎ ﻴﻠـﺯﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﺫﻑ ﻭﺘﻌﺩﻴل ﻓﻲ ﻀﻭﺀ ﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﻜﺭﻭﻨﺒﺎﺥ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻗﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺘﺘﺭﺍﻭﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺭ )ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ )ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 619-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺘﻌﻨﻲ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﺼﺩﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻜﺱ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺃﻥ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺠﻴﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 2‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﻜﺭﻭﻨﺒﺎﺥ‬
‫ﻋﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﻜﺭﻭﻨﺒﺎﺥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪0.643‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 3‬ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫‪10.4‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺒﺸﺩﺓ‬
‫‪3.0‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺎﻴﺩ‬
‫‪40.3‬‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ‬
‫‪44.8‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻕ ﺒﺸﺩﺓ‬
‫‪100.0‬‬ ‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ :3‬ﺇﻥ ‪ % 13.4‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻻﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ‪ % 86.6‬ﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 620-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺠﺩﻭل ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 4‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺒﻴﺭﺴﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ‬

‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫)ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫)**(‪.831(**) .970‬‬ ‫)**(‪.916‬‬ ‫)**(‪.825‬‬
‫)**(‪.680‬‬ ‫)**(‪.712‬‬ ‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪.000‬‬ ‫‪Sig.(2-‬‬
‫)‪tailed‬‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺩﺭ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ‬
‫ﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻭل‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،0.825‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺓ ﻁﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 621-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺩل ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ‪ ،0,01‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،– 0.712‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﺇﺫ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﻭﺼﻔﻪ ﻴﺘﻁﺎﺒﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،0.916‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻁﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،- 0.680‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺈﻫﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﻴﻌﻤل ﺒﺸﻜل‬
‫ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺴﻴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،0.970‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘـﺩل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗـﺔ ﻁﺭﺩﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘـﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀـﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﻴـﻴﻡ ﺘـﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘـﺎﻁ ﺍﻟـﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 622-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺘﺒﻠﻎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻻﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻲ ‪ ،0.831‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻁﺭﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2 .12‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺕ ﻫـﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗـﺔ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﻗﻴـﺎﻡ ﻤـﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘـﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺨـﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻹﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌـﺔ ﻋﻨـﺩ ﻓﺤـﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ )ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل‬
‫ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 623-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﺍﻀﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﺼﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﻤﺎﻴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺠﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﻋﻤﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺒﺄﻱ ﺤﺎل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻏﻔﺎل ﺃﻱ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 624-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻷﺩﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺼﻭﺭ ﻴﺎﺴﻴﻥ‪" ،‬ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻭﻤﺅﺴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ"‪ .‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ‪.‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺼﻨﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،2007 ،28‬ﺹ‬
‫ﺹ ‪.91-89‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺎﻤﻲ ﻁﻭﺍﻫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺼﺩﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﻌﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪:‬ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪.2003 ،‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻋﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﻭﺭ ﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪" ،2009 ،‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺤﺠﻡ ﻭﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﺒﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ‪ ،23‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،2‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪192 -143‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴل‪ ،‬ﺴﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﻜﺭﻡ‪"" ،‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﺘﻐﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻏﺯﺓ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻁﺎﻉ ﻏﺯﺓ ‪ ،"-‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻏﺯﺓ‪ ،2012 ،‬ﺹ ‪.49‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺴﻤﺎﻋﻴل ﺤﻤﺩ‪" ،‬ﺃﺜﺭ ﺍﻷﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻘﺎﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺭﺩﻥ ﻋﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺨﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ ،"1‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠﺴﺘﻴﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﺴﻁ‪ ،2011 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.36 – 35‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺤﺩﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺴﺎﻟﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﻻﻤﺭﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ‪،‬ﻁ ‪.1999 ،1‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﺍﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﻟﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻡ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﺌل ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪.2000 ،1‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﺤﺎﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺯﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻘﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺘﻭﺴﻴﻊ ﻨﻁﺎﻕ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ‪.2007 ،‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﺤﺎﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻨﻌﻜﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺎﻴﺭ‬
‫‪ ،2014‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.288 – 263‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 625-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .10‬ﺸﺭﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺭ‪" ،2013 ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ – ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ ﻭﺘﻭﻨﺱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺒﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺴﻁﻴﻑ ‪ ،1‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭ‪ ،‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.475 – 1‬‬

‫‪ .11‬ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﻫﺎﺏ ﻨﺼﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﺸﺤﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺃﺨﻼﻕ ﻤﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻴﺔ‪.2009 ،‬‬

‫‪ .12‬ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﺴﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺼﻼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻲ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ﺸﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪.2008 ،‬‬

‫‪ .13‬ﻗﺭﻴﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺎﻡ‪" ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺜﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻤﺸﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺩ ‪ ،24‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،2008 ،1‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.39 – 7‬‬

‫‪ .14‬ﺤﺸﻴﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻨﺴﺭﻴﻥ‪" ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﻤﺤـﺎﻓﻅ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻘﻴـﻴﻡ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒـﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴـﺔ –‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴـﺔ ﺒﻤﻜﺘـﺏ ﻤﺤـﺎﻓﻅ ﺍﻟﺤـﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،"-‬ﺭﺴـﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺎﺠـﺴﺘﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺠﺎﻤﻌـﺔ ﻤﺤﻤـﺩ‬

‫ﺨﻴﻀﺭ‪ ،‬ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻴـﺔ ﻭﻋﻠـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﻴﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﺭﻴـﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻘﺭﺍﻁﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،2012 ،‬ﺹ ﺹ ‪.124 – 1‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪1. Beatttie, V., and Fearnley, "Auditor in dependence and Non – audit‬‬
‫‪services: Aliterrature Review" institute of chartered Accountants of‬‬

‫‪England and Wales (ICAEW), London, 2002.‬‬

‫‪2. Carcello, J. V.; Hernanson, R. H. ; McGrath, N. T. Audit Quality‬‬

‫‪Attributes:the Perceptions of Audit‬‬ ‫‪Partners, Perparer and‬‬

‫‪Financial Statement User, Auditing: A Journal of Practice and theory.‬‬

‫‪Vol.11,No.21, 1992.‬‬

‫‪3. Gul, F. A. "size of Audit Fees and Perceptions of Auditors Ability to‬‬

‫‪Resist Management Pressure in Audit Conflict Situations". ABACUS.‬‬

‫‪1991, pp. 162 – 170.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 626-‬‬

2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

4. Milan, K., "Management Consulting A guide to the Profession",

International Labara Organization, 2002.
5. Muhamed, Z., etal, "commerlization of Accounting Profession: the

Case of Non – audit services", Journall of Economics and

Managements, 2010.

6. Salehi, M. "Reaction to non- Audit services: Empirical Evidence of

Emerging Economy, Journal of Contemporary Research in Business,

2009.

7. Eerer Sutton, S. ; Lampe, J. Formulating a Process Measurement

System for Audit Quality ' in Proceedings of the university of

southern Califorrnia Audit Judgment Symposium, 1990.

www.ejles.com - 627-
2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ‬
 
 
 
 
 
 /

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻧـــﺔ‬



‫ﺇﺷــﺮﺍﻑ‬


‫ﺍﻷﺴﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ‬

2016

www.ejles.com - 628-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪....................................................... /‬ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺒﺈﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﻨﻭﺍﻥ‪/‬ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺤﺹ ﻭﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻴﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ‪ ،/‬ﻭﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺇﻨﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺘﻡ ﺘﺼﻤﻴﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﻼﻉ‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﺌﻜﻡ ﺤﻭل ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺎﺘﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺒﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﺭﺠﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺘﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻀل ﺒﺎﻹﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺒﺎﻨﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺴﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﺴﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺎﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺯﻭﻴﺩﻜﻡ ﺒﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎل ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ – ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻁﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜــﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 629-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻭﻻﹰ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻻﺴﻡ‪..............................................................................:‬‬
‫ﺫﻜﺭ ?‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺜﻰ?‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺱ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻫل ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪.................................................................... :‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ‪........................................................................:‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﺼﻠﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪...................................................‬‬
‫‪.........................................................................................‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﻋﺩﺩ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪..................................................:‬‬
‫ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺎﹰ‪ :‬ﺒﻴﺎﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﺭﺠﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻼﻤﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ،5‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 5‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺠﺒﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺏ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﻓﻬل‪:‬‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﻭﺼﻑ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴل ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺸﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫)ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ(‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫)ﺍﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ(‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻑ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺒﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫□‪4‬‬ ‫□‪3‬‬ ‫□‪2‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺘﺤﺭﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭ ﺤﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ □‪1‬‬
‫□‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﻗﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 630-‬‬

‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺒﺼﻔﺎﻗﺱ‪-‬ﺘﻭﻨﺱ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 631-‬‬

 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ‬‫ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﺭ‬
. ‫ﺃﺜﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ‬

Abstract:
This research aims to study the right to strike and that exposure to
the terms of his practice and effects in Tunisian law.
Keys words: strike, right, terms, effects.

www.ejles.com - 632-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻬﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1959‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻨﻪ ﺒﺫﻜﺭ " ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ"‬
‫ﺒﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ‪ 2011‬ﻨﺹ‪ ‬ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 36‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ"‬
‫ﻭﻜﻐﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒل ﻗﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻀﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻭﺨﺼ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺒﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺘﺘﻌ‪‬ﻠﻕ ﺒﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴﺔ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺩﺨﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻭ‬
‫ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺄﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭ ﺨﺎﺭﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻨﺠﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺜﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﻴﻤﺔ ﺘﻌﺼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻨﺩﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ‪ :‬ﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺇﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺘﹼﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﻺﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻻﻨﺴﺏ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﺭﺘﺄﻴﻨﺎ ﺘﻘﺴﻴﻡ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺒﺤﺜﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺁﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ (...)" : 8‬ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ‪".‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪" : 36‬ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻥ‪".‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 633-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‬

‫ﻨﻅﹼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﺨﻀﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ) ﻓﻘﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻟﻰ( ﻭﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ) ﻓﻘﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ( ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻹﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤ‪‬ﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺘﹼﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﹼﺫﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺘﺯﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﺈﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺘﺘﻤ‪‬ﺜل ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﺠﻴﻪ ﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻤﺴﺒﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻤﺅﺠ‪‬ﺭﻫﻡ)ﺃ( ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ)ﺏ( ﻟﻴﺘﻡ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺨﺎﺭﺠﻬﺎ)ﺝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﻠﻭﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﻁﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻓﺠﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‪) 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ( ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺭﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻷﺨﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻗﺒل ﺃﺠل ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻠﻭﻍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴـﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﻋـﺩﻴﻡ ﺒـل ﻴﺠـﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘـﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺒﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴـﺩ ﻤﻜـﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻀـﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺘـﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺍﻟـﺩﺨﻭل ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻭ ﻤﺩﺘـﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭ ﻻﻏﻴﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺼﻨﻑ ﻜل ﺘﻭﻗـﻑ ﻋـﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤـل ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ ﺘـﻭﻓﺭ‬
‫ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ " ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺠﺏ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل )‪.(1‬‬

‫‪(1) B. GERNIGON, A.ODERO et Horacio, les principes de l’oit sur le droit de‬‬
‫‪grève ,Bureau International du Travail, Première édition dans la Revue‬‬
‫‪interna onale du Travail, vol. 137 (1998), no 4. Ce e édi on 2000,p54.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 634-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻅلّ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺘﺩﺨل ﻭﺯﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺅﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﻤﻨﺸﻭﺭ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻲ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ 11‬ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ 1976‬ﻤﺤﺩﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻁﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻱ ﻟﻼﺘﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﺸﻐل ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ " ﺍﻟﻤـﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ " ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻨـﺼ‪‬ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻤﻘﺘـﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔـﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜـﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻤﺒﻬﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻡ ﺘﺤﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﺸـﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘـﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﻀـﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻴﻜﻔـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺸﻔﻭﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫـﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـﺼﺩﺩ ﻭﺃﻨـﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﺒـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻴـﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤـل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺘـﺴﻠﻡ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﻗـل ﺸـﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻜﺘﻭﺒـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺜﻴﻘـﺔ ﺘﺤﻤـل ﻤـﺜﻼ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴـﺔ ﻭﺫﻟـﻙ ﻟﻼﺤﺘﺠـﺎﺝ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤـﺎﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻜﻤﺅﻴﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺒﻪ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻼﺤﻅﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 87‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻭﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﺒﺭﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 2004‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻻﺤﻅﺕ ﻟﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻀﻴﻴﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺭﻫﻴﻥ ﺍﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﺤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﺨﺭ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﺸﻜﺎﻻ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺒﺭﻭﺯ ﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،2011‬ﻗﺩ ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﺠﺩﻻ ﺤﻭل ﺃﻗﻠﻤﺔ ﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل‪ )376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ( ﻤﻊ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﺄﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺭﺽ ﻜل ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺸﻐل ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﻥ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15403‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻓﺭﻴل ‪.1986‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 635-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻗﺼﺩ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺤﻠﻭل ﻟﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻀﻲ ﻁﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺤـﺭﺼﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻭل ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﺍ ﻭﺤﺘﻰ ّﺇﻥ ﺘﻡ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻪ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺎﺱ ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﺼﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺘﺤﺎﺸﻴﺎ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺘﺒﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 234‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ ﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺒﻴﻥ ‪ 24‬ﻭ‪60‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬ ‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩ‬ ‫ﻭ ‪ 165‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﺍ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻠﻴﻥ ‪ 157‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺠﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻁﻴﺩ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴل ﻋﻤل ﻤﺘﻔﻘﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻫﺭﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺘﺎﺒﻌﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺤﺼﺎﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻏﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺸﻙ‪ ‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻴﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﻤل ﺍﻻﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻻﺩﺍﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪ ‬ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺩﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺤﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﻤﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺒﻘﻴﺕ ﺤﺒﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻤﻬﻤ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻱ ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 157‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ( ‪ :‬ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﺸﻐل ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﺎﻤﻼ ﻗـﺎﺭﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗل ﻫﻴﻜل ﺍﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻴﺩﻋﻰ " ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‪" ..‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 165‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ( ‪:‬ﻴﺘﻌﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻟﻔﺼل ‪ ) 376‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩ( ‪. (...):‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻡ ﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻑ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﺠﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒـل ﺃﻜﺜـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺤﺭﺼﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻭﻱ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻔﻘﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺘﺭﺍﺒﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 636-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﻓﹼﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﻨﹼﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( 2‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋـﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺃﺠﻤﻌﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﻀﺭﺍﺏ )ﺃ( ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺒﺒﺭﻗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻕ )ﺏ(‬
‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺇﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕﹼ ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻁﺎﺭ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻟﻴﻜﺘﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﺫﻜﺭ " ﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺸﻐل ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ "‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺒﻲ ﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﻋﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﻘل ﻋﻥ ‪ % 40‬ﻤ ﻥ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻲ ﻭﻴﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻘلّ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﺓ ﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺜﻴﺭ ﺒﺤﺩ‪‬ﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺄﻜﺩﺕ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺭﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺜﻭﺭﺓ ‪ 14‬ﺠﺎﻨﻔﻲ ‪ ،2011‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻁﻼﻕ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺄﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻤﺴﺭﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﺼﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺯﺍﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻤﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻻﺩﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺼﻨﻑ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﻴﺘﺠﻨﹼﺏ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺩﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 243‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﺎﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒـﺔ ﺘﻨﺤـﺼﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟـﺩﻓﺎﻉ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﺨﺭﻁﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﺴـﺒﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻜﺭﻨـﺎ ﻫـﻭ ﺤـﻕ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻴﻭﻨﺱ ﻏﻨﺠﺎﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ " ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ " ﻋﺩﺩ ‪15‬‬
‫– ﺍﻟﺴﺩﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪،1990‬ﺹ‪52‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 637-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻓﺭﺩﻱ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤـﻕﹼ ﺘﺠـﺩ ﻤـﺼﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻏﺎﻴـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜل‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻜلّ ﻤﺎ ﺨﺭﺝ ﻋﻨﻬـﺎ ﻴﻌـﺩ ﻤﻌـﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻟـﺼﻠﺔ ﺒﻨـﺸﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﺒﻘـﻰ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺘـﻪ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﺤل ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻗﻀﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠـﺌﻥ ﺃﻋﺘﺒـﺭ ﺍﻻﻀـﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟـﺴﻴﺎﺴﻲ ﻏﻴـﺭ ﻤﻬﻨـﻲ)‪ ،)(1‬ﻭﺘﻌـﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺨﻁﺄ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺒﻤﻔﻌﻭل ﺍﻻﺴـﻨﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﻰ ﻗﻁـﻊ ﻋﻘـﺩ ﺍﻟـﺸﻐل‪ ،‬ﻓـﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠـﺩل‬
‫ﻤﺯﺍل ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺎ ﺤﻭل ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ؟‬
‫ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻟﻔﺼﻭل ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﺎﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 87‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻜﻔﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﻁﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺒﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺎ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻑ ﻤﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺘﻜﺏ ﻫﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﺎﺩﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺭﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕﹼ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻁﺎﺭ ﻜﺭﺱ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﺕ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻋﻭﻗﺏ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻟﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺃﻤﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻫﻭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻻﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻀﺎﻤﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﺴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺎﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺩﻤﻪ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﻨﺘﺎﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺃﺼﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻨﺎﺤﻴﺔ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ﻓﻲ ‪ 03‬ﺃﻜﺘــﻭﺒﺭ‬
‫‪ 1983‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴـﺔ ﻋـ ‪34674‬ـﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻭﻗﺎﺌﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘل ﺒﺴﺏ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺨﻼﻑ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﺘﺨﺫﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺒﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺯﻤﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺇﻴﻘﺎﻑ ‪ 18‬ﻋﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺤﺎﻟﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻀﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻬﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﺼﻔﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺭﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻴﺔ‬

‫‪(1) B. GERNIGON, A. ODERO et Horacio, op.cité, p 14.‬‬

‫‪(2) H.Sinay et J.-C. Javillier La grève Paris, Dalloz, 2ème éd.1984,p124.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 638-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﻋﺩﺕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺘﻌﻁﻴل ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼل ﺍﻷﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻘﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻜﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺤﺼﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﻓﻌﺕ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﺸﺄ ﻭﺘﺘﻤﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺼﻌﺏ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻤﻴﺯ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻤﻴﺯﺕ ﻓﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﻭﺭﺒﻤﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺤﺎﻁ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻜﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻔﻅ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 639-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‬

‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺂل ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺴﺘﺸﻑ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ‪ 387‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺃﻨﻪ " ﻓﻲ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 376‬ﻭ ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜﺭﺭ ﻭ ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺘﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﻤﻔﻌﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺅﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ " ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﺅﺩﻱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻁﻌﻪ)‪ ،(1‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻫﻭ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭ ﻓﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻴﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻗﺕ ﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﺤﻭل ﻤﺂل ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩﻴﻥ؟‬
‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺠﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻗﺩ‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺍﺜﺎﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ )ﺃ( ﻭ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺨﺭﻯ ﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل )ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪ :‬ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 6‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻫﻭ ﺍﺘﻔﺎﻕ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺒﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺨﺩﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺃﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻌﻨﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻴﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺤل ﺘﺎﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ‬
‫ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﻅلّ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻜل ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺠﻴﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺸﻙ‪ ‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺯﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﺘﻘﺎﺒﻠﻪ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺤﺼﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻁﻘﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺤﻴﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺒﺩﺌﻬﺎ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻜﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻫﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﺎﺩﺤﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺄﺨﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺠﻭﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫‪(1) M.H. ben Abdallah, Introduction au droit du travail tunisien, imprimerie du centre‬‬
‫‪na onal pédagogique.2006,p.164.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 640-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺸﻥ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻪ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻴﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺜﺭﻩ ﺤﺭﻤﻨﺎﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺠﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺘﻌﻠﹼﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻜﺄﺜﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭ ﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺨﻼﻑ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺒﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻓﺎﻥ ﻨﻅﻴﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺭ‬
‫ﺼﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ‪ 12‬ﻤﺎﺭﺱ ‪ 1959‬ﺃﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺠﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺍﻨﺠﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﻤﺩﺓ ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻔﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻭﻴﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜل ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﺠﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﺫﻫﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺤلّ ﻤﻥ ﻜلّ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺘﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﻻ ﻋﻤل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﻻ ﻴﺅﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺒل ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻌﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﺒﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻤﻭﻗﻊ ﻜلّ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺠﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﺯﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﻨﻁﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 11‬ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﻥ ﻤﺴﺅﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻗﺎﺌﻤﺔ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺜﻴﺭ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ‬
‫ﻴﻠﺘﺠﺄ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﺠﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻐﺎﻴﺔ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺘﻼﻑ ﺒﻌﺽ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻭ ﺘﻌﻁﻴﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻴﻘﻊ ﺍﺘﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﺠﺭﻴﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻻﺘﻔﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻨﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﻴﻬﺩﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺯﺍﺤﻤﺔ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﻗﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺅﺠﺭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺨل ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻤﺘﺨﻠﻴﺎ ﻀﻤﻨﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻻ ﻴﻔﺸﻲ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﻤﻔﺭﻭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﺘﻭﻗﻴﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻁﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻭ ﺠﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻐﺎﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤلّ ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺠﺯﺍﺌﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻁﺭﻑ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺒﺄﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 138‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺹ‪ ‬ﺼﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ " ﻴﻌﺎﻗﺏ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 641-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻤــﺩﺓ ﻋﺎﻤﻴــﻥ ﻭ ﺒﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻗﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﻤﺎﺌﺔ ﻭ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺩﻴﻨﺎﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺌﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻔﺸﻲ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻤﻭﺠﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﺎﺏ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻭﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻜﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻤﺅﺠﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺴﺎﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺜﻼ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘـﺄﺩﻴﺒﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻴل ﺍﻻﺠﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﻠﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻤﻨﻊ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺙ ﺒﻤﻌﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 642-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺧﺎﲤﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺩ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻨﻅﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻕ ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺜﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻋﻤﺎل ﻭﻤﺅﺠﺭﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﺤﺘﻭﻴﺎﺕ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻻﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺸﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺤﻘﻭﻗﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻕﹼ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺜﻴﺭ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻋﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻻﺸﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺕ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻨﻅﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺩﻋﻲ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺹ ﻟﻠﻨﺯﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﻠﺏ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻅل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺩﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻡ ﻜﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺎﻤﻨﻲ‪...‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺒﺘﺩﻋﻴﻡ ﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 643-‬‬

 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫ﺃ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 138‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 84‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1976‬ﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 11‬ﺃﻭﺕ ‪ 1976‬ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺇﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 36‬ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ‪.2014‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ‪ 8‬ﻤﻥ ﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭ ‪.1959‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 27‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1966‬ﻤﺅﺭﺥ ﻓﻲ ‪ 30‬ﺃﻓﺭﻴل ‪.1966‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔــﺼل ‪ 6‬ﻭ ‪ 376‬ﻭ‪ 376‬ﻤﻜــﺭﺭ ﻭ ‪ 376‬ﺠﺩﻴــﺩ ﻭ ‪ 376‬ﺜﺎﻟﺜــﺎ ﻭ ‪ 387‬ﻤــﻥ ﻤﺠﻠــﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ ﺘﻌﻘﻴﺒﻲ ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15403‬ﻓﻲ ‪ 21‬ﺍﻓﺭﻴل ‪.1986‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل‪،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺠﻭﺒﻲ‪،‬ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻭﺭﻴﺱ ﺘﻭﻨﺱ ‪.1998‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻴﻭﻨﺱ ﻏﻨﺠﺎﺘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻀﺭﺍﺏ ﻭ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻐل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻠﺔ " ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻴﺔ " ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺍﻟﺴﺩﺍﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ‪،1990‬ﺹ‪52‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Bernard GERNIGON, Alberto ODERO et Horacio, les principes‬‬
‫‪de l’oit sur le droit de grève ,Bureau International du Travail,‬‬
‫‪Première édition dans la Revue internationale du Travail, vol.‬‬
‫‪137 (1998), no 4. Cette édition 2000‬‬
‫‪- Mohamed‬‬ ‫‪Hedi ben Abdallah،Introduction au droit du travail‬‬
‫‪tunisien, imprimerie du centre national pédagogique.2006.‬‬
‫‪-H.Sinay‬‬ ‫‪et‬‬ ‫‪J.-C. Javillier‬‬ ‫‪La‬‬ ‫‪grève Paris,‬‬ ‫‪Dalloz,‬‬ ‫‪2ème‬‬
‫‪éd.1984,p124.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻼﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪- Gilbert Demez, « La grève : rôles des acteurs sociaux et étatiques‬‬
‫‪», Reflets et perspectives de la vie économique 2003/4 (Tome‬‬
‫‪XLII).‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 644-‬‬

‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺘﺎﺫﺓ ﻤﺤﺎﻀﺭﺓ ﺒﻘﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﻟﻪ "ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ"‬
‫ﺠﺎﻤﻌﺔ ﺤﻠﺏ‪ -‬ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-645-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨ‪‬ﺺ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻫﺩﻑﹲ ﻴﺴﻤﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓﹰ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺩﻑ ﺘﺄﺴﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ؛ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻨﺸﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﻼﺸﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻔـﺭﺍﻕ ﺃﻟـﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻱ ؛ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻬﻭﻥ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺒﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﺤﺴﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺃﻫﺩﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻤﻘﺎﺼـﺩﻫﺎ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ ﺍﺒﺘﻌـﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻭﺕ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻋـﺫﺭ؛‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺅﺜﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻀﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻨـﺎﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻟﻜل ﺤﺎﺩﺙ ﻁﺎﺭﺉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻓﺄﻤﺭ ﻤﺨﺎﻟﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﺍﻹﻀـﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻴﻌﺵ ﻜﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﺸﻴﺌﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﺠﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎﹰ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻤﻭﺠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﺘﺭﺠﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺨﺘﺎﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-646-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭ ﺃﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺼﺤﺒﻪ ﺃﺠﻤﻌﻴﻥ ؛ ﻭﺒﻌﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺴﺎﺌل ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺒﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺃﺤﺎﻁـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺭﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﺒﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻴﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﺭﺉ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻅﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺒﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻋـﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﺴﻥ ﺴﻴﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻤﻬﻤﺘـﻪ ﺨﻴـﺭ ﻗﻴـﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺒـﺩ‬
‫ﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔﹰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ؛ ﻤﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻴﻀﻔﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﻋﻼﻭﺓﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺤﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺒﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺤﻴﺎل ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺎﹰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔﹰ ﻤﺘﻔﺭﻗـﺔ ﻟـﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻔﺭﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻨﺎﹰ ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺤﻴﺎل ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔﹰ ﻤﻠﻤﺔﹰ ﺸﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻭﻋﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺴﺨﻪ ﻋﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﺒﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺯﻭﺝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔﹰ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔﹰ ﺘﺄﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺩﻋـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺩﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺘﻨﺴﻴﻕ ﺃﻗﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻌﺔ ﺸﺘﺎﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﻤﺎﻫﻴـﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻤﺫﻫﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺤﻭﺭ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﻜل ﻤﺫﻫﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﺭﻀﺕ ﺃﺩﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺍﻫﺏ ﻭ ﻨﺎﻗﺸﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﺠﺤﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺩﻋـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ؛ ﺒﺩﺀﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺜﻡ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴـﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ‬ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﺁﺜﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺨﺘﺘﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﺄﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺭﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﺠﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺴﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻭﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﺃﻗﻭل ؛ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺨﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﻤﺎ ﻗﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ‬
‫ﻓﺄﺴﺄل ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-647-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪..‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻫﺩﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺌﻲ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺠﻤـﻊ ﺃﻗـﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺤﻠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻟﻤﺩﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﺩ ﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻤـﻥ ﺠﺯﺌﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ﻹﺌﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻭ ﻻﻁﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻗـﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻗـﺩ‬
‫ﻴﻀﻁﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺃﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺠﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺏ‪..‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻜﺘﺒﻬﻡ ﺒﺤﺜﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺄﺼﻴل ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻔـﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﺠﺩﺘﻪ ﻋﺩﺩﺍ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﻜﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﺩﻋـﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻴﺯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺩﻯ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﻠﺩﻜﺘﻭﺭ ﺍﻟـﺼﺎﺒﻭﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻠﻡ ﺃﺠﺩ\ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ \ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻤﻘﺎﺭﻨﺔ ﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻭﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﺭﺘﺒﻁﺔ ﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﺎ ﻭﺜﻴﻘﺎ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻤﺎ ﺃﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺠﺩﺓ ﻭﺤﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﺼﻭﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﺭﺍﺤـل‬
‫ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀـﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﺙ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻠﺩ ﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺨﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-648-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺏﺀ ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺤﻜﻡ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺨﺎﺘﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺜﺒﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬـــﺭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-649-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺏ ﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻥ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻏﹶﻴ‪‬ﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻴﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻏﺎﺒﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﺘﺭﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻥ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ‪ ‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ ) :‬ﺃﻤﻬﻠﻭﺍ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﺘﻤﺘـﺸﻁ‬

‫ﻭﺘﺴﺘﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺒﺔ ()‪.(3‬‬ ‫)‪(2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺜﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ)‪.(4‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺼﻁﻼﺡ‪ :‬ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻗﻭﺍل‪:‬‬
‫)‪(5‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻠﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻓل ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(6‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﺒﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺯﻓﺭ ﻭ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺩﺭﻱ ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴـﺘﻁﻼﻉ ﺭﺃﻴـﻪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﻗﻭل ﻟﻠﺨﺭﻗﻲ ؛ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺼل ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﻴﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(7‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺴ‪‬ﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ)‪(8‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ ﻓﻤﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻨﻘﻁـﻊ‬

‫ﺨﺒﺭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻌﺔ ؛ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺭﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻴﺄﺘﻲ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ، 203 / 1 :‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ‪.656 / 1 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺙ‪ :‬ﻤﻐﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ‪ -29 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ‪.60 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺨﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﺒﻜﺎﺭ ‪،‬ﺭﻗﻡ‪،4791:‬ﻭﻤﺴﻠﻡ‪:‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺭﻀﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺒـﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﺴـﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻡ‪.715:‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ‪ ، 123 /9 :‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ﻤـﺴﻠﻡ‪ ، 54 /10:‬ﺘﺤﻔـﺔ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺫﻱ‪،409/7 :‬‬
‫ﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻭﺩ‪.230/ 7 :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴﺔ‪ ، 235 / 1:‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ‪ ، 614 / 4 :‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.96 / 3‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪ ، 370 / 7 :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻻﺒﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﻤﺔ‪.430 / 7:‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺒﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻙ‪ ، 454 ، 453 / 2 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪.958 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‪.158 / 18 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-650-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﻤﻭﺘـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﻊ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﺨﺭﺝ ﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫؛ ﺍﻷﺴﻴﺭ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺱ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻭﺍﺴﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻤـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻔﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺒﻠﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻨﺯل ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻌﺩ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺒل ﻨﻭﻋﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟﻪ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﺎﹰ ﺘﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻭﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﻁـﻭل ﻤـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ ﺴـﻨﺔ ﻓـﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻭﻗﻴـل ﺜـﻼﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟـﺯﻭﺝ ﻟﻌـﺫﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﻴـﺭ ﻋـﺫﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻠـﻭﻡ ﻤﺤـل ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻤـﺔ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺴﺒﻴل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺍﺴﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴـﺔ ﺒـﺴﻨﺔ ﻷﻨﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟﻤـﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻴﻤﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺨﻼل ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ)‪(4‬ﺒﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ ﻭﻴﺨﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺴﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻗﹼﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻐﺎﺯﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺴﺄل ﺍﺒﻨﺘﻪ ﺤﻔـﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺒﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻙ‪.452 / 2 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،453 / 2:‬ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺭﻱ ‪.115 /1‬‬
‫) ‪ (3‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ،351 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻭﺍﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﻨﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺯﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺭﻭﺍﻨﻲ ‪.246 /2‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﻻﺒﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،133 ، 132 / 9 :‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﻜﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺭﻗﻲ ‪.347 /5‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-651-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻼل ﻓﻲ ﺤـﺴﺎﺒﻬﺎ ﺨﻼﻓـﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﺭ ﺒـ ) ‪ ( 365‬ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﺨﺫﺍﹰ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﻤـﺫﻫﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ)‪.(1‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺒﺩﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤـﺴﻴﺔ ﻨﻅـﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴـﺔ ﺃﻨﻔـﺴﻬﻡ)‪( (2‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻴﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻜﻴﻑ ﻨﺘﺨﺫ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺴﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻫﻡ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺭﻭﻨـﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﻭﺓﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻤـﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤـﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﻓـﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺠﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﺨـﺫﺍﹰ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺨﻼﻓﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺤـﺭﺹ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﻴﻤﻭﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل‪:‬‬

‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ ﺒﻌـﺫﺭ ﺸـﺭﻋﻲ ﻤﻘﺒـﻭل‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺍﻨﻔﺭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫)‪(5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻭﺴـﻌﻭﺍ ﻓﻠـﻡ ﻴـﺸﺘﺭﻁﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺨﻼﻓﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﺫﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺘﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﻌﺫﺭ ﻭ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼﺩ ﺍﻟـﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻹﻀـﺭﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺒﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﻻ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ ﺒﻌـﺫﺭ ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻟـﻭ ﻏـﺎﺏ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﺒﻌﺜـﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺠـﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﻘﻁـﺎﻉ‬

‫ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟـﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻜـﻭﻥ ﻤﻌـﻪ ﻗـﺼﺩ ﺍﻹﻀـﺭﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺒﻴﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،615 / 4 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺌﻊ‪.197/6 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،649 / 3 :‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.13 /4 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﻟﻌﺯﺓ ﻀﺎﺤﻲ‪ ،21 :‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﺸﻘﻔﺔ‪ ،139 / 2 :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠﻴﻕ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻰ‪.58 :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ‪. 152 / 5 :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﻱ‪. 94 / 2 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-652-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ ﻨﺼﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪ ( 109‬ﻤﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻲ‪ ) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻼ ﻋـﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒـﻭل‪...‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺯ ﻟﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ‪ ...‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ (‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻤﻨﺎﹰ ﻁﻭﻴﻼﹰ‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻡ ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻻ ﻴـﺸﺫ ﻋﻨـﻪ ﺇﻻ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺼﺭﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﺭﺓ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻤﺄﺨﻭﺫ ﻤﻨﻪ؟‬

‫ﻭﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴل ﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻴﻠﺤﻕ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﻠﺯﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤل ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺫﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﺃﻭ ﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﺜﻼﹰ ﻓﻔﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻌـﻭﺩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻗﺴﻁﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﻤـﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻷﺴـﺭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺃﻓﺔ ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ)‪.(2‬‬

‫ﻭﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻴﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﺘﺄﻴﻴﺩ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒـﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻭ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻻ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ‬

‫ﻴﻭﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺼﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺯﻭﺠﻬـﺎ ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻪ ﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻭ ﺒﺎﻹﺫﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨـﺎﺀ ﻤـﺴﺘﻘﺒل‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﻭ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻜﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨـﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻱ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﻐﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻤﺞ‪ ،123 :‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﻔﺔ‪.139 / 2 :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﻠﺒﻲ‪.590 – 589:‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-653-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﺄﻥ ﺘﺨﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔـﺴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻌﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻁﻭل ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ ﺴـﺒﺏ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬

‫ﻓﻼﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺜﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻓـﻼ‬

‫ﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻪ)‪.(1‬‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺘﺼﺩﻕ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ﺍﻷﺨـﺫ‬
‫ﺒﻘﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻼﻭﺓﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻌﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ،351 / 3 :‬ﺒﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻙ‪ ،454 ،453 / 2 :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪.453 / 2:‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-654-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﺒﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻪ ﺘﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭ ﺼـﻼﺤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺩﻤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺒﻴﺎﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺫﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻜﻡ ﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺌﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺘﻬﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻤـﻊ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺘﻀﺭﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺨـﺸﻴﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬل ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻁﻠﺒﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﺍﺨﺘﻠﻔﺕ ﺁﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺘﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋـﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺫﻫﺒﻴﻥ‪:‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒـﺴﺒﺏ ﻏﻴﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻁﺎﻟﺕ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻤﻭﺴﺭﺍﹰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺃﺠﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﺭﺃﻱ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺘﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﻭﺴﻊ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻔﺭﻗـﻭﺍ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺫﺭ ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺘﻀﺭﺭﺕ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺩ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻤﺎ ﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺴﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻡ ﺃﺠ‪‬ـل ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤـﺎ ﻤﻔﻘـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺴﺭ ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺩ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،649 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‪.155 / 18 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ 351 / 3 :‬ﻭ ﺒﻬﺎﻤﺸﻪ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﺵ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬـﺩ‪ ،1024 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨـﻲ‪/ 9 :‬‬
‫‪.131‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-655-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠـﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﺘـﺏ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﻟﻴـﺄﺘﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻴﻨﻘـل ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺘـﻪ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻴﻔﺎﺭﻗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺫﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻏﺎﺏ ﺒﻌﺫﺭ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗـﺎﻟﻭﺍ‪ :‬ﺘﺘـﺭﺒﺹ ﺍﻤـﺭﺃﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﻓﺈﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺩ ﻋﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﺽٍ ﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺒﻪ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻨﻔﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭ ﺤﻜﻤـﻪ ﺒـﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‬
‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺘﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﺍﻹﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺴﺂﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻌﻪ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ)‪(1‬ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﻪ‪ ) :‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ‪ ...‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺇﻤـﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﺤل ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﺘﻠﻭﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻭﻟﻪ " ﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ " ﻴﺩل ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ﻭ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻭ ﺍﻨﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻘﺎل " ﺍﻨﻔﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ " ﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘل " ﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ "‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓﹰ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺫﺭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺒﺤﺎل ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻨﺼﺏ ﻟﻠﻔﺼل ﻭ ﺤل ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻤﻜـﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﻭﺠﺏ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ)‪ ) :(2‬ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺒﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ ﻓﺭ‪‬ﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ (‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﺴﺘﺩل ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﻥ ﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ‪ ‬ﺃﻤﺭ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘـﺼﺒﺭ ﺤﺘـﻰ ﻴﺄﺘﻴﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻤﻊ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻤﻊ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﺠﻊ)‪.(3‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘـﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﻫـﻲ ﺍﻤـﺭﺃﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺒﺘﻠﻴﺕ ﻓﻠﺘﺼﺒﺭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺄﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻁﻼﻕ)‪.(1‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪.351 / 3 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪.32 / 9 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺨﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺼﻼﺤﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻡ‪.11657 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-656-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .3‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﻡ ﺩﻟﻴل ﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﻴﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺩ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺴﺒﺒﺎﹰ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘـﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺌﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻓﺴﺦ ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻤﻭﺴﺭﺍﹰ ﻭ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﻊ ﺨﺒﺭﻩ)‪.(2‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻷﺨﺫ ﺒﺄﺼﻠﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌل‪ ) :‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺎﻕ ( ﻓﻼ ﻴﻤﻠﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ)‪.(3‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﻻ ﻴﻭﺭﺙ ﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﻥ ﻤﻭﺘـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺘﻘـﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻗـﺔ ﺒﻴﻨـﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ )‪.(4‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺩل ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺼﺤﺔ ﻤﺎ ﺫﻫﺒﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪ ) :‬ﻓﹶﺈِﻤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻙ‪ ‬ﺒِﻤ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻑٍ ﺃَﻭ‪ ‬ﺘﹶﺴ‪‬ﺭِﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺒِﺈِﺤ‪‬ﺴ‪‬ﺎﻥٍ ()‪ ،(5‬ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ ﺘﻌـﺎﻟﻰ‪) :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻﹶ ﺘﹸﻤ‪‬ـﺴِﻜﹸﻭﻫ‪‬ﻥ‪‬‬
‫ﻀِﺭ‪‬ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﱠﺘﹶﻌ‪‬ﺘﹶﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍﹾ ()‪.(6‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺩل ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺨﻴﻴﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻤﺭﻴﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻤﺴﺎﻙ ﺒﻤﻌـﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘـﺴﺭﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺒﺈﺤﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ‪ ‬ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺭﺍﹰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻌﺭﻀـﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﺩ ﻨﻬﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻤﺴﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﻘﺼﺩ ﺇﻀﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ)‪.(7‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﺴﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﺄل ﺤﻔـﺼﺔ‪ :‬ﻴـﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻜﻡ ﺘﺼﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﺴﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺜﻠﻙ ﻴﺴﺄل ﻤﺜﻠﻲ ﻋﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎل‪ :‬ﻟﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻲ ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺄﻟﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻟﺕ‪ :‬ﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻭﻗﹼﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻐﺎﺯﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻓﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩ ﻻ ﻴﻐﻴﺒﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺘﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ)‪.(8‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻭ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤﺭ ﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺏ ﺭﻀﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺎل‪ ) :‬ﺃﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻡ ﺘﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻓﺈﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﺩ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﺍﹰ ﺜﻡ ﺘﺤل ()‪.(9‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﻭﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻀﺭﺭ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﻓـﻸﻥ‬
‫ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﺠﺎﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ)‪.(1‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻤﺼﻨﻑ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺯﺍﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻬﻠﻙ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻡ‪.12334 :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻬﺭ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺤﺭ‪ ،337 / 1:‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻲ‪.377 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ‪ ، 196 / 2 :‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺭ‪ ، 2 / 3 :‬ﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪.27 / 5:‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻲ‪.377 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﺴﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪.231 / 2:‬‬
‫)‪ (6‬ﺴﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺭﺓ‪.229 / 2 :‬‬
‫)‪ (7‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪.256 / 1 :‬‬
‫)‪ (8‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺭ‪.442 ،441 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (9‬ﺃﺨﺭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎل ﺘﻨﺘﻅﺭ ﺃﺭﺒﻊ ﺴﻨﻴﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺃﺭﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﺍ ﺜـﻡ ﺘﺤـل‪ ،‬ﺭﻗـﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪.15343‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-657-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻨﺕ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﺍﻫﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻭﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤـﺫﻫﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﺩل ﻭﺃﻗﻭﻯ ﺤﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻜﻴـﻑ ﻴـﺴﺘﺩل ﻓﻘﻬـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤـﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻭل‪) :‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺎﻕ ( ﻭ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻴﺠﻴﺯﻭﻥ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴـﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻔﻬﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻻﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺼﺒﺭ ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻌـﺎﺭﺽ ﺤﻜـﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻋﺎﺌﻪ ﺜﻡ ﺇﺒﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﺘﺨـﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﺩﻻﻟﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻐﻠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻅﻥ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺄﺤﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻭﻗﻑ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻁﻠـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻥ ﺘﻀﺭﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﻬﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻻﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜل ﻤﻨﻬﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻠﺤﻕ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺨﻼﻓـﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻭﺩ ﻓﻼ ﻀﺭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺘﻘﻭ‪‬ﻯ ﻟﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻴﺘﺭﺠﺢ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺒﻌﻴـﺩﺓ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﺔ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻤـﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﻀـﻭﺍﺒﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻀـﺭﺍﺭ ( )‪ ،(2‬ﻭ ﺭﻓـﻊ ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ ﺃﻫـﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻟﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠـﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻟﻭ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻨﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻭﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﻴﻀﺒﻁﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔﹰ ﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔﹰ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺤﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪.1024 / 3:‬‬

‫)‪ _(36‬ﺴﻨﻥ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﺎﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻨﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺤﻘﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻀﺭ ﺒﺠﺎﺭﻩ ‪،‬ﺭﻗﻡ ﺍﻟﺤـﺩﻴﺙ )‪ ، (2340‬ﺝ ‪ / 2‬ﺹ‪، 784‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‪ :‬ﺇﺴﻨﺎﺩ ﺭﺠﺎﻟﻪ ﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻨﻘﻁﻊ‪ ) .‬ﻨﺼﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻴﺔ‪.385/4 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-658-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺘﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﻐﻴﺒﺘـﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻅﻬـﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﺴـﺒﺒﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻘﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻘﻭﻁﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﺃﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺭﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺩﻋـﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺘﺨﺼ‪‬ﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺤﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﻅﻬـﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺠﻤﻠﺔ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺒـﺄﻁﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺤﺙ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤـﺒﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﹸﻌـﺩ‪‬‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﹰ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺨﻠـﻑ ﺸـﺭﻁ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﻤﻨـﻊ‬
‫ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺴﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻡ ﻴﺼﺤﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻲ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻩ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻜﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼﹰ‪ :‬ﻟﻭ ﺭﻓﻌﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻜﺘﻤﺎل ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺯﻤﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻏﻴـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻓﺽ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻭل )‪ ،(1‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻤﺩﻯ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺴﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺩﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻓـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﺕ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺤﻜﻤـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟـﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻟﺠﻼل ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‪.6 / 2 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨـﺼﻴﺔ ﻻﺴـﺘﺎﻨﺒﻭﻟﻲ ) ‪ ،394 / 1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠـﻊ ﻓـﻲ ﻗـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ) ‪.300 / 1‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-659-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺃﺴﺎﺱ)‪(121‬ﻗﺭﺍﺭ) ‪ (123‬ﺒﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪ ،1977 / 3 / 10‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻨﺼﻪ‪ ) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺨﺘﻠـﺕ‬

‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 109‬ﺃﺤﻭﺍل ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.( ..‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ) ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ( ﺒﺎﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺩﺨل ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻨﻪ)‪.(1‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻭﻅﻴﻔـﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺒﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺠﺘﻬﺩ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻭ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻐـﺏ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺒل ﺘﺭﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻓـﺽ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻟﻌـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺭﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻬـﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺇﻓﺭﺍﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﺠﻬﻭﻻﹰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻀﺢ ﺃﻭ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻭﺠﺏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺒﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻲ ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﺍﻟـﺴﺒﺏ ﻭﺘﻭﺤﻴـﺩﻩ )‪ .(2‬ﻓﻠـﻭ‬
‫ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻠﺩ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺩ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻁﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﻭﻟﺩﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻨﻔﻘﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺴﺎﺀﺓ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻬـﺎ ﻭﺒﻴﻨـﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺴﺒﺒﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺍﹰ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل‪ .‬ﻭﺒﻪ ﺤﻜﻤﺕ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ)‪ ،(3‬ﻓﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺒـﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‬
‫ﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻻ ﻭﺠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺼﻭل ﻭﻻ ﺴﻨﺩ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬـﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺒﺎﹰ ﻤﺘﻌﺩﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜـلﱟ ﻤﻨﻬـﺎ ﺃﺼـﻭﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻤﻘﻭﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﺁﺜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺠﻪ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺘﻠﻑ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜـل ﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺠﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺴﺘﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺠـﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺎﻗﻀﻪ ﻭ ﻴﻨﺎﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺼﻑ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ)‪ .(4‬ﻓﺎﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻤﻊ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﻜـﻪ ﺒـﻼ‬
‫ﻋﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻗﺒل ﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺭﻓـﻊ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ ) ‪ ،453 / 2‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪.(277‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ ) ‪.(501 / 6‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻻﺴﺘﺎﻨﺒﻭﻟﻲ ) ‪.(394 / 1‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﺌﻊ‪ ،223 / 6 :‬ﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،380 / 5 :‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ‪ ،296 / 9 :‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻴﺸﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻁ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪.407 / 3 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-660-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺃﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺼﺢ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﺘﺤﺕ ﻋﻨﻭﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺤـﺎل‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﺕ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﻭﻀﻭﺡ ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻋﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺱ ﻋﻥ ﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻏﻴﺒﺘـﻪ ﻭﻤﻼﺒـﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻟﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻀﺎﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺨـﺭ ﻤﺤـل ﺇﻗﺎﻤـﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﺩ‪ ‬ﺸﺭﻁﺎﹰ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﻴﺎﹰ ﺘﻭﻀﻴﺤﻪ ﻭ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﺌﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟﺠﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻲ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﻩ ﻭﻨﻭﻋﻪ ﻭﻭﺼـﻔﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻼﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻤﻀﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻀﻡ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤـﻀﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺴﻔﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻀﻁﺭ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﻀـﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺒـﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺴﻭﺭﻴﺎ)‪.(3‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﻏﻤﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭ ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻁﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺒﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻭﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﻭﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫـ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺒﻊ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺤﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴـﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻟـﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﺎﹰ ﻨﻬﺎﺌﻴﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻋـﻼﻭﺓﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻀﻴﻬﺎ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺒﺴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴـﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺭﻴـﺔ ﻓﻌـﻼﹰ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻁﺒﻴﻕ ﻟﻬﺎ)‪ ،(4‬ﻟﺘﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺘﻬـﺎ ﻭ ﺸـﺭﻭﻁﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ؛ ﻟـﺼﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺴﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺼﺤﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﺘﺨﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻹﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺴﻴﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻏﺴﺘﺎﻨﻲ‪،299 / 1 :‬ﺍﻟﻘـﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴـﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.234 / 1 :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‪ ،541 / 4 :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺫﺏ‪.159/18 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺍﻏﺴﺘﺎﻨﻲ‪.299 / 1:‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻤﻭﺴﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺭﻭﺴﻲ‪ ،613 :‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪.326 ، 325/1‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-661-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻤﻀﻤﻭﻨﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺭ‪‬ﻕ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ)‪(1‬ﺒﻴﻥ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﺌﺏ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ؛ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﺼـﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴـﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻡ ﺍﻹﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻌﻠﻭﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻴﻀﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺠـﻼﹰ ﻭ ﻴﻌـﺫﺭ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺒﻜﺘـﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻴﺨﺒـﺭﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺨﺘـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﻟﻺﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﻭ ﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻠﺩ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺃﻭ ﻁﻼﻗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺭﻓﺽ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺘﺭ ﺃﺤﺩﻫﺎ ﺘﻠﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺸﺭﻴﻁﺔ ﻭﺼـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺝ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟـﻭ ﺤـﺼل‬
‫ﺒﻁل ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺨﺘﺹ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺒﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺒﺭﺓ ﺒﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻠـﻭ ﻜﺘﺒـﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻟﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺤﺩﺩﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻭﻋﺩﺍﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻟـﻡ ﻴﻜـﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﻪ)‪ ) :(2‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺠﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠﻴـﻕ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺒﻐﻴـﺭ ﻜﺘﺎﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻤﺤﻠﻪ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ؛ ﻤﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺕ ﻟﻜﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺎﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ﻤﺜﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﺒﺎﺸﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺼـﺤﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺒﻼ ﺇﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻀﺭﺏ ﺃﺠل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﺕ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﺩﻓﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ)‪(3‬ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤـﺎ ﻨـﺼﻪ‪ ...):‬ﻭﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺫﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﻭ ﺇﻻ ﻁﻠﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺫﺍﺭ (‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ،351 / 3:‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪ ،1024 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪.453 / 2 :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ، 351 / 3 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪.117/3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﺩﻓﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ‪ 20‬ﻨﻭﻓﻤﺒﺭ ‪ 1943‬ﻋﺩﺩ ‪ 514‬ﻤﺤﺎﻤﺎﺓ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺹ ‪ 135‬ﻨﻘﻼﹰ ﻋﻥ ﻤـﺩﻯ ﺤﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺒﻭﻨﻲ‪.801 / 2 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-662-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻭﻴﻠﺤﻕ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻉ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺴﺠﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺴﺭﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﻟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻴﻨـﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺒﻴﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺨﺭﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻭﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﻘـﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺒﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﻓﻼ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-663-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ب‪ .‬ﻤﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﺩ‪ ‬ﻤﻨﺎﻁ ﺇﻤﻬﺎل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺝ ﻭ ﺇﻋﺫﺍﺭﻩ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺤﻜـﻡ ﺒـﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴـﺔ ﻭﺼـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﺸﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺅﺍل ﻭﺍﻹﺭﺴﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ)‪ ،(1‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻤﻨﺎﻁ ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻴل ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺩ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺝ ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺤﺜـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺩﺓ ﻟﻺﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﺒﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺇﻴﺠـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻨﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻨﺘﻔﻰ ﻤﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻭﺼﻭل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻴﻜﻔﻲ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻹﻤﻬـﺎل‬
‫ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻴﺨﻀﻊ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺠل ﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻲ ﻤﻘﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻭ ﺤﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﺼﻼﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻺﻤﻬﺎل ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺘﻌـﻴﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻨﻪ )‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻌـﻭﺩ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻨﻅـﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭﻤﻨﺎﻁﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ .‬ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﺄﻥ ﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺘﺭﺤل ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﺘﻠـﻭ‪‬ﻡ ﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺒﻴﻥ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻋﻤل ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﻭﻓﻕ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻨﺠﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺫﺍﺭ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﻤـﺎ‬
‫ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﺕ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺃﻤﻜﻥ ﻭﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻤﻠﺯﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻗِﺒ‪‬ل ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻌﻤل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻻﺴﺘﻤﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻤﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،453 / 2 :‬ﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ‪.296/4 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ،351 / 3 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪ ،1024 / 3 :‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ‪ ،17 ،16 / 2 :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠﻴـﻕ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ، 105 :‬ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.168 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-664-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺼﺤﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﺜﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬـﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺠﻴﺢ ﺃﻗﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﺴﺘﻘﻲ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺒﺤﺜﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻬﺎ ﺘﹸﺤﻤـﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻭ ﺘﺭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺼﺤﺎﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻻﺒﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻋﺏﺀ ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔﹰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬
‫ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺄﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺒﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﹰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻜل ﻓﻘﺭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻋﺏﺀ ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ)‪(1‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺤﻤﻴل ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻋﺏﺀ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻷﻜﺜـﺭ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻓﺭﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻓﻘﻬﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺠﻌـل‬
‫ﻋﺏﺀ ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﺘﻕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻜﺫﻟﻙ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺼﻪ)‪ ) :(3‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﺤﻤل ﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺴﺄل ﻋﻤﻥ ﻏﺎﺏ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺭﻙ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﻔﻘﺔ؟ ﻓﺄﺠﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻭ ﻁﻠﺒـﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺎﺽ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻔﺴﺦ ﻨﻔﺫ‪(....‬‬
‫ﺩلّ ﻗﻭﻟﻪ‪) :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻤﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ( ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﺈﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻤـﺎ ﺘﺩﻋﻴـﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻭﻟﻪ)ﺒﻴﻨﺔ ( ﺩلّ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺒﺄﻱ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﺠﺏ ﺤﺘﻤﺎﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺩﻋﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺒل ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺜﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺒـﺄﻱ ﻭﺴـﻴﻠﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،649 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴﺔ‪ ،331 / 2 :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪.487 / 2 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﻔﺔ‪.140 / 2 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪ .649 / 3 :‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴﺔ‪.331 / 2 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-665-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻋﺩ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ)‪(1‬ﺃﻭل ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﻥ ﻏـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟـﺯﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻭﺘﻀﺭﺭﺕ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺤﻠﻔﺕ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺩﻴﻨـﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻨﻴـﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﻷﺼﺤﺎﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺇﻻ ﻤـﻥ ﺠﻬـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺘﺤﻠﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺜﺒﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻗﻭﻋﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺠﺭ‪‬ﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺜﺒﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻲ ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻜﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔﹰ ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻀﺎﻑ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻨﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﺜﺒﺎﺘﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺃﺘﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺘـﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﻤﻐـﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺯﻭﺠﻬـﺎ ﻤﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﺩﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠـﺔ ﻁﻠـﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻀﺭﺭﻫﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ) :‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺯﻭﺠـﻲ ﻓـﻼﻥ ﺍﻟـﺩﺍﺨل ﺒـﻲ‬
‫ﺒﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﻗﺩ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﻭ ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻓﻘـﺔ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺃﻨﻲ ﻗﺩ ﺘﻀﺭﺭﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻌﺩﻩ ﻋﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺃﻗﻭل ﺸﻬﻴﺩ (‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ .‬ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻴﺼﺢ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﻋـﺩﺓ ﺸـﺭﻭﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﺘﺨﺹ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻱ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻅﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺘﺩﻋﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺘﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤـﺎ ﻟـﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺘﺘﻀﺭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻴﺨـل‬
‫ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻨﺘﻔﻲ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﺒﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟـﻀﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻻﻨﺤـﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ) ﻗﺩ ( ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻓـﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻗـﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺩ ﺒﺤﺼﻭل ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﻌل‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻔﻴﺩﻩ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺒﺩﺨﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻌل ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ، 487 / 2 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪. 1779 ، 1778 / 4 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪.649 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪ ،6 ، 5 / 2:‬ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.144 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-666-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ‪ :‬ﻤﻁﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻟﻭل‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻁﺎﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﻅﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﺘﺘﻔﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺜﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﺸﻬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻜﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻔـﻕ ﻤـﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻨﺎﻗﻀﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‪ :‬ﺫﻜﺭ ﺠﻤﻴـﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺼـﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒـﺔ ﻭ ﺇﻴـﻀﺎﺤﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﺸـﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﺸﻬﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻟﻭ ﺨﻠﺕ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺤﻠﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻴـﺎﻥ ﻤﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺘﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻓـﻲ ﺇﺜﺒـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌـﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺇﻴﻀﺎﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺒﻊ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻤﺤل ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﻟﻤـﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ‪ :‬ﺤﺎل ﺠﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﻤﺤل ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﻤﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻨﺠﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻨﺸﺎﻁﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﻨﻲ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻤـﺎﻡ ﻭﺴـﺎﺌل‬
‫ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﻺﺜﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺇﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﻓـﻲ ﻤـﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﺭﺭ ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺭﺭﺓ ﺸﺭﻋﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻨﺹ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻤﺴﺎﻍ ﻟﻼﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟـﻨﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﺴﺄﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻜـﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﺎﻁﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺩﻩ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺴﺘﺠﻤﺎﻉ ﺸﺭﺍﺌﻁ ﺍﻟـﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻅﻬﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻤﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﺼﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻤﻭﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺩ ﺘﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﺘﺭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻡ ﺒﻌﺩﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟـﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻗـﺩ ﺘﻜـﻭﻥ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،143 / 3 :‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ‪ ،502 ، 501 / 6:‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺤـﻭﺍل‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.241 ، 232 ، 230 / 1 :‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،165 / 3 :‬ﺒﺩﺍﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺌﻊ‪.53 / 9 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-667-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻱ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﻁﻠﱠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﻟﻴﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺠـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺃﻗﻴﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻗﺒل ﻤﻀﻲ ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟـﺯﻭﺝ ﻓـﻴﻤﻜﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺒـ )ﻋﺩﻡ ﻗﺒﻭل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻟﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ (‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻱ ﺨﻠل ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺴﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻪ ﻟﺭﺩﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻬﻡ ﺒﻴﺎﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﻟﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﺒـﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒـل‬
‫ﻴﺭﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻨﻜﺎﺭ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎل ﺩﻋﻭﺍﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻴﻭﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﺤﻤﻲ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺼﺎﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺤﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﺸﺭﻁ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻜﺎﻟﻤﺜﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺸﺄﻨﻪ ﻓﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺩﻋﻴـﻪ ﺇﺜﺒـﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺍﻟـﺩﻓﻊ ﺒـﺎﻟﻁﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﻪ ﻭﺒﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﻭﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻟـﻪ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟـﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻭﻓﻘـﺎﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺨﻠل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﺤﻕ ﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻊ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﻗﺒﻭﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﻗﻨﻨﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺠﻌﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﻤـﺎ ﻜـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺎﹰ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ ﻜﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺠﻨﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﺩﺍﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨـﺼﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺤﻜﻤﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 490‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪ 1982‬ﺒﺠﻠﺴﺔ ‪ 1982 / 2 / 28‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻘﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺒﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟـﺩﻓﻊ ﻭ ﺼـﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻁﺭﻕ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩﺍﹰ ﻀﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻨﻴﻥ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺘﺒـﺭ ﻤﻌﺘﻤـﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴـﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺘﻁﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌل ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﻭ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺩ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﺒﻪ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪.30 / 2 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-668-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺙ‬
‫ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻤﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻜﻭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺌﻲ ﻭ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻴـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﻋﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻭﻨﻅﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺀﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺘﻁﻠﺒـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺇﺼﺩﺍﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺼل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻴﻜﻭ‪‬ﻥ ﺭﺃﻴﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻴﺤل ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨـﺯﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻴﻨﻬﻲ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺤل ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻴﻘﺎل ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬل ﻴﻌـﺩ‪‬‬
‫ﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺍﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﹰ ﻻ ﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎﹰ؟ ﻭ ﻤﺎ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔـﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺤﻜﻤﻪ؟ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺴﺄﺫﻜﺭﻩ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔﹰ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺤﻜﻡ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ)‪(1‬ﻓﻲ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻨﻔﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﻴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺒﻨﻔﺎﺫﻩ ﻴﺴﻭﻍ ﻟﻠﺤﻨﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺝ ﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﻌـﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺤـﻀﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻭ ﺒﺭﻫﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺨﻼﻑ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺕ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻨﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﺘﻘﺒل ﺒﻴﻨﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻓﻼ ﺘﺒﻁل ﺒﺎﻟﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺠﺎﺏ ﻋﻥ ﻨﻅﻴﺭﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﻀﻊ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻗﺎﺽٍ ﻴـﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺨﻪ ﻭ ﻨﻔﺫﻩ ﻗﺎﺽٍ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭ ﺘﺯﻭﺠﺕ ﻏﻴﺭﻩ ﺼﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻻ ﻴﺭﺘﻔـﻊ‬
‫ﺒﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻭﺍﺩﻋﺎﺌﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺘﺭﻙ ﻨﻔﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺍﻓﻘﻬﻡ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ)‪(2‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺫﻜﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌـﺏ ﻭﺠﻬـﺎﻥ؛‬
‫ﺃﺤﺩﻫﻤﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﹰ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎﹰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻲ ﻨﻔﺎﺫﻫﺎ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﹰ ﻻ ﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎﹰ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫ﻓﺨﺼﻭﺍ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻻ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺎﺒﻠﺔ‬
‫)‪(4‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﻌل ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‪ ‬ﻨﺎﻓﺫﺍﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅـﺎﻫﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﻁﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻤﻌﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺘﺄﺨﺭ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻤﺭﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺯﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻗـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،649 / 3 :‬ﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﺩﻴﺔ‪.32 / 1 :‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ‪.156 / 18 :‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻨﻊ‪.283 / 3 :‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻭﺴﻴﻡ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪.372 :‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-669-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺒﺩﺀﺍﹰ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ﺼﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‪ .‬ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ ) ‪ ) ،( 252‬ﻨﻘﺽ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻡ ‪ 29‬ﺃﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ 12‬ﺘﺎﺭﻴﺦ ‪1984 / 5 / 28‬ﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺃﺜﺭ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺤﻜﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﻴﺯﻭﺍ ﺘﻔﺭﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀـﻲ ﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻗﻀﻭﺍ ﺒﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺘﻔﺭﻴﻘﻪ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﹰ ﻭ ﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎﹰ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺤﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺍﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻭ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﻨﻔﺎﻗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻭﺠﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻘـﻁ ﻤـﻊ ﺘﺤﻘـﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﻀﺭﺭﺍﹰ ﻤﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎﹰ ﻴﻔﺭﻕ ﺒﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬
‫ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻭ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﻔﺎﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺫﺍ ﺼﺢ ﻗﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻭ ﺘﺭﺠﺢ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺤﺜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻭ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻐﻴﺒـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺝ ﻨﻔﺫ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺘﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻨﻌـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ‬
‫ﺘﺭﺠﺤﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﻠﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺃﺜﺭﺍﹰ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍﹰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺤﻜﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﹰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ‬
‫ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻨﺼﺏ ﻟﺤﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺼل ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﻨﻔﺫ ﻗﻀﺎﺅﻩ ً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅـﺎﻫﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻭ ﻨﻔﺫ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺍﹰ ﻻ ﺒﺎﻁﻨﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻋﺎﺓﹰ ﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺨﺘﻼﻁﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺘﺤـﺎﹰ ﻟﺒـﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-670-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻱ ﻭﻓﻘﻨﻲ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺤﺒﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻀل ﻭ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻓـﺴﺒﺭﺕ ﺒﻁـﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﺒﺫﺨﺎﺌﺭ ﻨﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻋﻤﻕ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺒﻌﺩ ﻨﻅﺭﻫﻡ ﻭ ﺃﻓﻘﻬﻡ ﺒـل‬
‫ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﻓﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﺯﺩﺩﺕ ﺒﻪ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺒﺎﹰ ﻭ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻜﺒﺎﺭﺍﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻟﺠﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﺈﻁﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﺠﻬﻭﺍ ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺴﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻲ ﺨﺭﺠﺕ ﺒﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺙ ﻟﺨﺼﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺒﻌﻴـﺩﺓ ﻋـﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻻ ﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒـﺸﺭﻴﺔ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻀﺭﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻀﻭﺍﺒﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺌﻲ‬
‫ﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ‪) :‬ﻻ ﻀﺭﺭ ﻭ ﻻ ﻀﺭﺍﺭ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻅﻠﻡ ﺃﻫﻡ ﻭﻅﺎﺌﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﺯﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻭ ﺘـﺭﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻨﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﻴﺭﻫﺎ ﺘﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤـﻊ ﺇﻟـﻰ ﻓﻭﻀـﻰ ﻻ ﻨﻅـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻴﻀﺒﻁﻪ‪ ،‬ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺤﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺤﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻴﻑ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺃﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺌﺞ ﻓﻬﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺘﺭﺠﻴﺢ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻠﻴﻥ ﺒﻤﺸﺭﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻤﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺘﺄﻜـﺩ‬
‫ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻴﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻟﻘﻭل ﺍﻟﻔﺼل ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﺒﻤﺭﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻭ ﺍﻟـﺫﻱ ﻴﻘـﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺭﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺘﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻤﻁﻠﻘﺎﹰ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻭل ﺃﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻭﺠـﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺼﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻟﻌﺫﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭل‬
‫ﻭﺒﺈﺫﻥ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺴـﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻻﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﺄﻨﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪.5‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻭ ﺜﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺴﻠﻁﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻓـﻲ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺭ ﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻗﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺯﻭﺠﺔ ﺠﺭﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ ﺯﻭﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﺎﻓـﺔ ﺍﻷﺼـﻌﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠـﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-671-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ .6‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻤﻘﻴﺩ ﺒﺤﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺇﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﻻ ﻴﺤﻴﺩ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .7‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺴﻠﻁﺔ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﻤﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺯﻭﺝ ﻟﻴﺨﺘـﺎﺭ ﻤـﺎ ﺃﺭﺸـﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺘﺤﻘﻕ ﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺍﻹﻤﻬﺎل ﻭ ﻤﻨﺎﻁﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .8‬ﻻ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺤﺼﺭ ﺍﻟﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻌﺘﻤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴـﺭ ﺍﻟﻅـﺭﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺘﻁـﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌل ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺤﻘﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻘـﺩﻴﺭﻩ ﻟﻠـﺩﻓﻭﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﻤﺩﻯ ﺸﺭﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .9‬ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺘﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻨﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺭﺠﺤﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﻓﻴﻕ ﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺭ ﻭﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻴﺩﻨﺎ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ ﻭﺼـﺤﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺠﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺩ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-672-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺃ(‪ .‬ﺘﻔﺎﺴﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺏ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺁﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻁ‪.1995 ،2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺒﻭ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪. 1407,1987,3‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺯ ‪1994 ،1414 ،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﺒﻭ ﺒﻜﺭ ‪،‬ﻤﺼﻨﻑ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺯﺍﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ ﻁ‪، .1403 ، 2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻨﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺤﺠﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺴﻘﻼﻨﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺤﺠﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺨﻴﺹ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻴﺭ‪1964 ،‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺯﻭﻴﻨﻲ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺴﻨﻥ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﺎﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﻔﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺘﺤﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺫﻱ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪ ، 1‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺴﺎﺒﻭﺭﻱ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻤﺴﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻭﻱ ﻴﺤﻴﻰ ﺒﻥ ﺸﺭﻑ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨـﻭﻭﻱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺼـﺤﻴﺢ ﻤـﺴﻠﻡ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺤﻴـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘـﺭﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪.1392 ،‬‬
‫ﺝ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﻔﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺩﺍﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟـﺭﺤﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻤـﻊ ﺍﻷﻨﻬـﺭ ﻓـﻲ ﺸـﺭﺡ ﻤﻠﺘﻘـﻰ ﺍﻷﻨﻬـﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﺤﻴـﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺯﻴﻠﻌﻲ ﺘﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺸﺭﺡ ﻜﻨﺯ ﺍﻟﺩﻗﺎﺌﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻁ‪.2000 ،1420 ،1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﻋﺎﺒﺩﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻤﺩﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﻋﺎﺒﺩﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺘﻨﻭﻴﺭ ﺍﻷﺒﺼﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﻤـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺒﻲ ﺤﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ‪،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ‪.2000 ،1421 ،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺃﺒﻲ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪1400,1980 ، 1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﺒـﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴـﺔ ﺒـﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗـﻡ ﺒـﻥ ﺃﺒـﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﻗـﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺴﺎﻨﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺍﺌﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﺌﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺭﺘﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺌﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ‪ ،1426,2005،‬ﺒﻼ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-673-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻏﻴﻨﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻬﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺘﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﻡ ﺒﻥ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﻡ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﻭﺩﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻴﺭﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻜﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺩﻴﺭ ﺴﻴﺩﻱ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺒﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻙ ﻷﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟـﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﻴﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.1415,1995 ، 1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻭﻱ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻴﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﻋﺭﻓﺔ ‪،‬ﺤﺎﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﻭﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻁ‪.2003 ،1424، 2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﺵ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻴل ﺸﺭﺡ ﻤﺨﺘﺼﺭ ﺨﻠﻴل‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻁﺒﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺭﺸﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻬﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺤﺯﻡ ‪،‬ﻁ‪.1995 ،1416 ، 1‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻲ ﺸﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﻤﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺒﻴﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﻐﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻤﻌﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﺎﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ‪،‬ﻁ‪،2‬‬
‫‪.1425,2004‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻭﻭﻱ ﻤﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻭﻉ ﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺫﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪.‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫ﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻨﺒﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻴﺒﺎﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺃﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻹﺴﻼﻤﻲ‪.‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺩﺍﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻹﻨـﺼﺎﻑ ﻓـﻲ ﻤﻌﺭﻓـﺔ ﺍﻟـﺭﺍﺠﺢ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺨـﻼﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻁ‪.1997 ،1,1418‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ‪.1984 ،1404 ،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﻔﻠﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.1997 ،1418، 1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﻤﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ‪.1984 ،1404،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻲ ﺍﺒﻥ ﻗﺩﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻨﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺒﻼ ‪.1980 ،1400،‬‬
‫ﺩ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭ ﺍﺼﻁﻼﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺯﻱ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺒﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ‪1415,1995 ،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻔﻲ ﺃﺒﻲ ﺤﻔﺹ‪ ،‬ﻁﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﺭﺓ ﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻨﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺭﺯﻱ ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻲ‪ .‬ﺒﻼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺒﻥ ﻤﻨﻅﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺼﺎﺩﺭ ‪،‬ﻁ‪.1‬ﺒﻼ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-674-‬‬
‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻩ(‪ .‬ﻤﺭﺍﺠﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ‪،‬ﻤﺩﻯ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻭ(‪ .‬ﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﻭ ﺸﺭﻭﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻭﺴﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺭﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺴﺘﺎﻨﺒﻭﻟﻲ ﺃﺩﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺸﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ‪،‬ﻁ‪.1989 ، 2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ‪،‬ﻁ‪.1998، 1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩﻱ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻨﺼﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺇﻗﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻤﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘـﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫‪.1995‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺩﺍﻏﺴﺘﺎﻨﻲ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺠﻊ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.1983 ، 1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﻭﻭﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓـﺔ‪،‬ﻁ‪، 1‬‬
‫‪.1420,1999‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻔﺔ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻓﻬﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺸﺭﺡ ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻠﺒﻲ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴـﺭﺓ ﻓـﻲ ﺍﻹﺴـﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬـﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺒﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪،2‬‬
‫‪.1397,1997‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻀﺎﺤﻲ ﻋﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨـﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻓـﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪، 2‬‬
‫‪.1988‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﻟﺠﻼل ‪ ،‬ﺃﺤﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﺒﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﻤﺩ ﺃﺤﻤﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭﻭﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻤﻭﺴﻭﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻤﻌﻲ ‪،‬ﻁ‪.2000 ،1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﻴﺯ ﻋﻘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻰ ﻋﻤﺭﻭ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻁﻠﻴﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻭﺴﻭﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺼﻁﻔﻰ ﻓﺘﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻋﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻤﻨﺸﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻤﺞ ﻏﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻁﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻤﺸﺭﻭﻉ ﻗﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺤﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺤﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻁ‪.1961 ،1416 ، 1‬‬

‫ﰎ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪-675-‬‬
2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Some Judicial Experiencesin the Light of

The Principle of Easy-Access to Justice to
Settle Small Civil Claims:
Egypt – France - Emirates

BY
Dr. Sahar Abdel-Satar Emam
Professor of Commercial & Civil Code of Procedures
Head of Commercial & Civil Code of Procedures Department,
Faculty of Law, Menofia University

www.ejles.com - 676-
 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ ‪2017‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ(‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻴﻌﺩ ﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻜﺎﺌﺯ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﻘـﻭﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺩﻭل ﺒـل ﻫـﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺴﺘﻘﺭﺍﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻭﻟـﺔ ﻟـﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻘـﻕ ﺒـﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ ﺍﻟﻘـﺎﻨﻭﻥ ﻭﻨﻔـﺎﺫﻩ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﻤﻭﺍﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬ﻭﺘﻔﻌﻴل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺩﺴﺘﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻥ ﻴﺘﻡ ﺍﻻﻤﻥ ﺨـﻼل ﺘﻤﻜـﻴﻥ ﻜـل ﺸـﺨﺹ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻭﺀ ﺍﻟـﻲ ﻗﺎﻀـﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌـﻲ ﺒﺈﺯﺍﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻗﻴـل ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﺘﺤـﻭل ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼـﻭل‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬ﻭﻻﺸﻙ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻘﺭﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻀﻴﻥ ﻴﻌﺩ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺍﻵﻟﻴـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻨـﻀﻤﻥ ﺒﻬـﺎ ﺍﻤﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺠﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﻴـﺴﻴﺭ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﺍﻟﻤـﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺒﺘﺠﻨﺒـﻪ ﻤـﺸﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘـﺎل ﻭﻤﺘﺎﻋـﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺭ‪،‬ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺭﻴﻑ‪،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺒـﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻻﺠـﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻋـﺩﻡ ﺘﻌﻘﻴـﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺴـﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻭﻟﻭﺠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻗـﺕ ﻭﺘﻘﻠﻴـل ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ‪،‬ﻤﻤـﺎ ﻴـﺴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓـﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺠل ﻤﻌﻘـﻭل‪،‬ﻭﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ﺘـﺫﻟﻴل ﻋﻘﺒـﺎﺕ ﺘﻨﻔﻴـﺫ ﺍﻻﺤﻜـﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜـﻡ‬
‫ﺘﺸل ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻨﻌﺩﻡ ﺠﺩﻭﺍﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﻌﺩﻤﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫﻩ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺌﻤﻴﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺩﺃ ﺒﺫﻟﺕ ﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻬﺩﻑ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻤﺠﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻲ ﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﻗﺎﺽ ﻟﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﻴﺴﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻥ ﻴﻨﻅﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻁﻨﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻗﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﻭﻤﻥ ﺜﻡ ﺍﺴﺘﻴﻌﺎﺒﺎ ﻟﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺠل ﻗﺼﻴﺭ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﻔﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻭﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻱ ﺒﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﻋﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺀﺍ ﺒﻤﺠﻠﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﺎﻭﻱ ﻤﺭﻭﺭﺍ ﺒﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻻﺨﻁﺎﻁ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺌﻬﺎ ﺒﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻬﺎﺀﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻨﻅﺭ ﻗﻀﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺘﺘﺴﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻨﻲ ﻤﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺎﻀﻴﻥ ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﻴﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻨﺴﻲ ﺒﺈﻨﺸﺎﺀ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﻟﺘـﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋـﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺍﻴـﺔ ﻤـﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻤﺭﻭﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﻭﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴـﺏ ﺜـﻡ ﻋـﻭﺩﺓ ﻤـﺭﺓ ﺃﺨـﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺌﻲ ﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻵﺜـﺎﺭ ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻨﺠﻤـﺕ ﻋـﻥ ﺘﻁﺒﻴـﻕ‬
‫ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺭﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻼﺤﻅـﺎﺕ ﻋﻠـﻲ ﻜﻴﻔﻴـﺔ ﺘـﺸﻜﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺘﻴـﺎﺏ ﺤـﻭل‬
‫ﺤﻴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻘﻼل ﻗﻀﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺨﺘﺼﺎﺼﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺒﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺭﻉ ﺍﻻﻤﺎﺭﺍﺘﻲ ﺘﺠﺭﺒﺔ ﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﺁﻤﻼ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺴﻬﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﻋﺩﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠل ﻗﺼﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﺒﺘﺨﺼﻴﺹ ﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺠﺯﺌﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺘﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺩﺍ ﻤﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺠل ﻗﺼﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺈﺠﺭﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻴﺴﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺒﻤﺤﺎﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺘﻨﺎﻭل ﻓﻲ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴل ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻡ‬
‫ﻭﻤﺩﻱ ﺍﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪www.ejles.com‬‬ ‫‪- 677-‬‬

 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Introduction
The rule of law is one of the main principles of countries, the basis
of government, and the key to stability upon entering into force against
each and every one. Such principle is based on the following rules:
1) Independence and fairness of judiciary,
2) Granting the right of litigation and resorting to court for people on low
income,
3) The right of fair and equitable trial,
4) Easy-access to justice,
5) Forbidding the exclusion of the administrative orders from the judicial
supervision,
6) Ceasing the operation of courts of exceptional jurisdiction and
granting the right of court resort,
7) Enforcing the judgments in the name of the people, provided that; the
country shoulder the responsibility of enforcement.(1)
The present paper aims at shedding light on the principle of "Easy-
Access to Justice" –the main basis of the principle of the rule of law being
a constitutional requirement. The country shall grant the right to litigate
and overcome any obstacles that prevent access thereto if there is a need
to resort to court asking for effective judicial protection which has as
many forms as the type of violating the legal status or the legal right may
be..(2) The court does not interfere unless the law has been broken since
the court has been deemed the observer and the interpreter of law.(3)
Applying the principle of easy-access to justice requires numerous one-
level courts. One court is not enough to provide the effective judicial
protection for all litigants, especially with the expansion of the country at

(1) Articles 94:100 of Part Four of the Egyptian Constitution, 2014.

(2) Articles 94:100 of Part Four of the Egyptian Constitution, 2014.
(3) Ragheb, W. (2004). The principles of the Civil Judiciary. 4th edition, Dar El-
Nahda El-Arabia, p. 40.

www.ejles.com - 678-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

the regional level and the overload of the backlog of multiple cases. One-
level courts shall be spread along the country to make it easier for
litigants to access to justice avoiding transportation to places far away
from home.
The present paper tackles different experiences of applying the
principle of easy-access to justice in Egypt, France, and Emirates. These
countries tried so hard to overcome any obstacles that hinder accessing to
justice by establishing nearby courts of litigants with easy procedures,
and less costs as shown below:
First: The Egyptian Experience
Second: The French Experience
Third: The Emirates Experience

www.ejles.com - 679-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

First: The Egyptian Experience

The Egyptian legislature adopted the principle of easy-
access to justice and tried so hard to apply it to grant the right of
litigation and eradicate any obstacles that may hinder such
application. The legislature attempted the horizontal expansion of
the one-level courts in all Egypt's regions.
As an exception, the Cairo-based Cassation Court(1)is
designatedwith the purpose of creating a central tool to
exclusivelyinterprets the law, appropriately applies it, harmonizes such
interpretation with the other courts, and achievesthe uniform of the legal
principles of the country applied by the courts, which in turn establish
and promote justice since the uniform of the interpretation of law attains
equity among litigants (2). As a consequence, the distinctive nature of the
Cassation Court; the guide to the legislative power (La gardienne du
pouvoir législative), is derivedfrom its mission which is confined to
uniform theinterpretation of laws and ensure applying themaccordingly
by the courts of lower rank (la cour régulatrice)(3).Apart from the
Cassation Court, the courts of appeal are spread every where(4). There
are 8 courts of appeal in Egypt. They may be held, upon a decision by the
ministry of justice and a request from the president of the court of appeal,
in or out any other place of jurisdiction if need be. A circuit of appeal
may permanently be held in each court of first instance upon a decision

(1)ِ Articles 1 & 2 of the Judiciary Authority Law, no. 46 of 1972.

(2) Hindy, A. (2006). The Cassation Court: Judgements, Effects, and Legal Force.Dar
Elgamaa El-Gedida, p. 280.
(3) La loi du 1re décembre 1790 pour la formation d'un tribunal de cassation: lois et
actes du gouvernement T.2 (1866) P. 156.
Emam, S. (2014). Mechanics of Promoting the Role of the French Cassation Court
in Achieving Justice: Request of Petition for exceeding the Power. Dar Elgamaa El-
Gedida, pp. 18.
(4) Article 6 of the Judiciary Authority Law, no. 46 of 1972.

www.ejles.com - 680-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

by both the ministry of justice and the general assembly of the court of
appeal (1) to make it easier for litigants due to the regional expansion of
the courts of appeal which exist in more than one government.
Consistently, a court of appeal is established together with a number of
courts of first instance located in the same region (2).
Courts of First Instance: The distribution and the regional jurisdiction
of the courts of first instance depend on the nature and the type of the
court. As a general rule, there isa court of first instance in the capital of
each governorate.The issuance of the presidential decree no. 93 of 2015
has amended the jurisdiction of some courts of first instance and has
established new courts of first instance(3). Correspondingly, there is more
than one court of first instance in some governorates (e.g. Cairo,
Alexandria, Tanta, Benha …) while there are district courts in every city's
district and markaz.
Courts of Summary Proceedings: Such courts temporarily consider
urgent matters that cannot be delayed. Although some of the legal
processes are dispensed with, fundamental rights must be observed. The
summary courtsexercise the jurisdiction of the district courts and are
ordinarily available for cases that require prompt action(4).
Courts of Execution of Judgments: Courts of execution of judgments is
a district court competent to consider disputes ofsummary and ordinary

(1) ibid.
(2) Moslim, A. (1969). Fundamentals of the Civil and Commercial Code of
Procedures. Dar El-Fekr El-Arabie, Clause 185, p. 191.
(3) Decree on Law 93 of 2015. The Official Gazette, 33 (b) cont. August 13th, 2015.
(4) If a case is fully brought for speedy disposition of a matter, courts of summary
proceedings shall have the firstcompetent authority. If a case is partially brought for
speedy disposition of a matter, the trial court shall have jurisdiction to consider the
case and courts of summary proceedings shall have partialcompetent authority.

www.ejles.com - 681-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

execution of judgments, no matter the value of the case underArticle 275

of the Civil and Commercial Code of Procedures.(1)
The minister of justice has been vested by the legislature to issue
decisions of establishing district courts competent to consider certain
types of cases specifying their locations and jurisdictions(2).
Correspondingly, the minister of justice issued a number of decisions to
establish district courts competent to consider commercial and labor
disputes and designatedtheir scope of jurisdiction.(3)
The legislature was flexible in vesting the minister of justice the
right to specify the district courts' locations and territorial jurisdictionsin
such industrial zones according tothe industrial activities. Therefore,
nearby courts of litigants have been established to settle disputes related

(1) It is worth to note that Articles 274 and 275 of the Civil and Commercial Code of
Procedureshave been amended by law no. 76 of 2007. The Department for the
execution of judgments shall, under said law, supervise and follow up execution,
overcome any obstacles, entitle the director or staff to issue decision and orders
related to execution, and directly and administratively supervise the arbitrary
execution.However, the judge has a specific competence in solely the settlement of
summary and ordinary legal disputes in reasonable time establishing the desired
justice.
(2) Article 13 of the Judiciary Authority Law no. 46 of 1972.
(3) In 1940, two commercial district courts have been established within the
jurisdiction of the Cairo and Alexandria Courts of First Instance. Accordingly, the
other district courts within the jurisdiction of said two courts are no longer
competent to consider such matters. In 1953, labor district courts have been
established within the jurisdiction of the Cairo, Alexandria, Kaliobia, and Poert
Said Courts of First Instance. For more information, see Moslim, A. (1969).
Fundamentals of the Civil and Commercial Code of Procedures. Dar El-Fekr El-
Arabie, Clause 117, pp. 103-104.
It is worth mentioning that specialized courts of exclusive jurisdiction have been
established to consider economics claims under Law no. 120 of 2008 and labor
courts under Law no. 180 of 2008. Accordingly, the labor and commercial district
courts are no longer competent to consider such matters – the economic and labor
courts have the specific jurisdiction. For more information, see The Economic
Courts under the Egyptian Law. Dar El-Nahda El-Arabia, 2008. Barakat, A. (2009).
Litigation before Labor Courts. Dar El-Nahda El-Arabia.

www.ejles.com - 682-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

to such activities. The courts are nothing more special than being district
courts competent to consider certain types of cases within certain
territorial jurisdiction. Nevertheless, it is a significant and excellent step
to make it easier for litigants to resort to courts not far from their
homes.The second step was the establishment of nearby specialized
courts of litigants under law no. 10 of 2004. As a consequence, family
courts of the same local jurisdiction of each district court have been
established to exclusively settle family disputes. Thelocation of the
family courts shall be designated by the minister of justice andsuch courts
may, if need be, be held in any other place in or out their territorial
jurisdiction under Article 1 (3) oflaw no. 10 of 2004.
Designating the territorial jurisdictionof the family courts as stated
above is in agreement with the principle of making it easier for litigants
to resort to courts not far from their homes taking into consideration
litigants' circumstances and transportation's time, effort, and costs. As a
result, there is a family court in the territorial jurisdiction of each district
court, i.e. in each markaz owing to the varied types of family
dispute.(1)In addition, the legislature has tailored specific procedures for
the family courts suitable for such type of disputes which need nearby
courts of litigants able to eradicate the disputes, maintain families, and
prevent family breakdown.(2)
As stated earlier, the Egyptian legislature has coinedin the
constitution, and practically translated the principle of establishing nearby
courts of litigants. Granting the right of litigation by overcoming any
obstacles that could prevent litigants from easily access to justice was
firmly established in the legislature's mind long time ago.

(1) Khalil, A. (2000). Litigation issues of personal status law concerning legal
guardianship under Law no. 1 of 2000. Dar El-Matboat El-Gameia. Emam, S.
(2004). The Family Court. Dar El-Nahda El-Arabia.
(2) Explanatory Note to Family Law no. 10 of 2004.

www.ejles.com - 683-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Best efforts have been exerted to consider small criminal and civil claims
and meet people's needs and wishes. In an attempt, non-technically
qualified magistrates elected from the elite group of people were assigned
to settle disputes and cases for free. Considering small-claims, such
attempts relieved the case backlog and were easy, fast, and inexpensive as
compared to any man-made rules and/or restrictions (1).Below is an
exhaustive list of such attempts:
El-Daawy Councils: El-Daawy councils had beenestablishedin 1870.
They were composed of and directedby Sheikh El-Balad together with
two persons therefrom. Such councils were existed in every village.
Members were elected by nomination and were vested the right to settle
disputes arisen among farmers on boarders, irrigation, joint ownership of
animals, workers' wages, all civil claims less than EGP 5, and
misdemeanors. Judgments held by these councils were appealed before
higher council located in each Markaz(2). El-Daawy councils were
cancelled in 1883 and replaced by the courts of first instance, district
courts, and courts of appeal.
Al-Akhtat Courts(3): In 1892, 40 district courts were established and in
1904,they were further expanded. Unfortunately, the district courts
established so far were not enough to meet people's needs in each Markaz
and within the same vein, judges suffered from the heavy caseloads and
delay. Therefore, new courts (Magales El-Solh) lower than the district
courts were establishedby Law no. 11 of 1911under the supervision of the
district courts' judges. The courts were competent to consider small civil

(1) The Report of Nezaret El-Hakania's Judge, 1912, pp. 16, as cited in El-Said, A.
(n.d.). Handbook of the Civil and Commercial Code of Procedures. Dar El-Fekr El-
Arabie.
(2) Abo Heif, A. (1921).The Civil Code of Procedures. 2nd edition.
(3) Omar, M. (1972). Non-Official Judiciary in Egypt. Journal of Masr El-Moasra,
347, 59-76. Ibrahim, M. The General Theory of the Non-Official Judiciary.
Unpublished PhD Dissertation, Faculty of Law, Ain Shams University.

www.ejles.com - 684-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

claims (e.g. real property claims less than EGP 10, waterwheel ownership
and usufruct claims, and farmland lease and possession claims).Litigants
did not have to be represented by lawyers and the judgments held by such
courts were final for claims less than certain monetary threshold.
At the beginning, Al-Akhtat Courts succeeded in relieving the case
backlog, reducing costs and expenses, easily accessing to justice,
andmaking it easier for litigants to go to courts not far from their homes.
Specifically, such courts were suitable to farmers who need to spend most
of the day in the land not in pursuing their claims in the district
court.However, in 1930, the Egyptian legislature cancelled Al-Akhtat
Courtsdue to the following reasons(1):
1) Failing to attain the desired goals.
2) Encountering many problems in finding persons qualified enough to
work therein by the executive power.
3) Failing to solve such problems and lacking an effective policy to
compel court members to be persistent in their work and in enforcing
law satisfactorily, and
4) Being a source of complaints and spoils
Later on, the legislature widely established district courts in each
town and markaz to be close to litigants with specific jurisdiction to
consider small civil disputes(2)،(3)in addition to the pecuniary
jurisdiction to consider claims not exceeding EGP 40000.(4)

(1) El-Said, A. Summary of the Civil and Commercial Code of Procedures, pp. 62,
Clause 68.
(2) Article 43 of the Civil and Commercial Code of ProceduresNo. 13 of 1968 as
amended.
(3) Wally, F. (1991). Towards a New Mechanism for Settling Small Civil Claims. The
Egyptian-French Joint Symposiumon Settling Small Civil Claims by legislation and
modern techniques. The National Center for Judiciary Studies.
(4) Article43 of the Civil and Commercial Code of ProceduresNo. 13 of 1968 as
amended.

www.ejles.com - 685-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Accordingly, the idea of establishing nearby courts to litigants can

practically be seen in the district and family courts, i.e. the small civil
claims in terms of the facts of the case and the value, and the family
claims.
Second: The French Experience
The French legislature applied the principle of "nearby courts to litigants"
by establishing courts competent to consider small civil claims under law
n. 16 of 1790 – the judge of peace / settlement(Juge du Paix). The judge
firstly acted as a mediatorassisting the parties to negotiate a settlement
and secondly, as a judge holding a decision upon failing to mediate the
dispute. Though achieving great success, the "judge of peace" was
cancelled especially in rural areas(1)and was replaced by judges of
district courts under Article 1, law no. 58-1273 of 1958. The district
courts were competent to decide wide variety of cases (e.g. claims on
plants damage, local elections, terms and expenses of funerals, and costs
and expenses of divorce). Notably, the judges were competent to consider
wide variety of small daily claims encountering serious overload backlog
cases. As a result, the legislature came up with the idea of establishing
close courts to litigants (La juridiction de proximité)competent to
consider small criminal and civil claims (2)with the purpose of relieving
case-load pressures.The courts were competent to settle small daily
claims(Petites Litiges de la vie quotidienne)which do not require long
time, great efforts, or legal research and analysis to be resolved. The
procedures thereof were easy, quick, and inexpensive aiming in the first

(1) P.Estoup:, le bicentenaire oublié du juge du paix, gaz pal. 20 déc. 1990, Doct;
H.Vieille, le rôle judicaire et social du juge de paix, thèse. Paris 1944; M. Dor, le
juge de paix, magistrat, familial, thèse. Dijon, 1937.
(2)Christian Bolze etPhilipe Perdot: les juges uniques dispersion ou réorganisation du
contrnieux,Dalloz 1996

www.ejles.com - 686-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

place to settle a dispute by conciliation between parties thereto and in the

second place to hold a decision upon failing to reach an agreement.(1)
The nearby courts are courts of first instance with the local jurisdiction of
the district courts. Being a good example of the local justice (2), small
courts wereestablished everywhere to be close to the place of any
probabledispute and forbettergrasping of the arising issue.(3)Such nearby
courts were not only geographically and locally close to litigants, but also
personally and phsychologically close. The magistrates can move to the
area of the disputeif need be, negotiate the controversy with the litigants,
and reach a fair and equitable mutual agreement(4)based on facts
practically examined not deduced from mere reading of the legal
documents.(5)
Some legal theorists believe that the nearby courts as a model taken
from the French legal system, give a good impression of how the French
judiciary is effective, quick, and fair (une justice plus
efficace).additionally, the nearby courts have a deep social role in
amicably eliminating the disagreement between the parties by virtue of
the good relations existing between the judge and the litigants. Providing
deep insight into such courts, below is a detailed description of such
courts'structure, organization, procedures, judges, competence, and the
binding legal force and effect of its judgments.

(1) Marc véricel, pour une véritable justice de proximité en matière civile, J.C.P., n
10, 5 Mars, Doctrine, 1, 114.
(2) Omar, M. (1976). The Civil Judiciary System: Part One, General Rules.Dar El-
Nahda El-Arabia. 1st edition, pp. 45.
(3) H.Moutouh, la juridiction de proximité, une tentative de déconcentration
judiciaire, D. 2002. P. 31218.
(4) Martine Fabre, vincente Fortier, "Le juge de proximité, une nouvelle offre de
justice? Droit et justice, no26 printemps- Eté 2007.
(5) Hubert Haenel, Justice de Proximité, Pouvoirs, 74. 1995;N.Kamare:Date d`effet de
suppression de la juridiction de proximité. Les petites affiches, décembre 2016.

www.ejles.com - 687-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

– The Structure of the Nearby Courts (1)

The nearby courts are composed of one judge who was elected from:
1) Retired judges of ordinary or administrative judiciary,
2) Lawyers of no less than twenty five years of experience in the
field of law,
3) Judicial officers and employees of the Ministry of Justice, and
4) Expert mediators of no less than five years of experience.
Upon filing a request to be a judge in the nearby courts, applicants
must be at least 35 years, have at least 4 years of experience in the field of
law,be or were members of the Egyptian Bar Association.
In case of fulfilling any of the above conditions, an applicant may be a
judge in the nearby courts no matter of being a professional judge already
appointed in the Egyptian judiciary system or even of holding a law
degree. Experience and competence are of the utmost importance.(2)
– Mechanism of Appointment
The courts of appeal shall review the applicants' files prior to
submitting them to the Minister of Justice who has the discretionary
authority to ask for more requirements, elect the qualified
judges,introduce them to the Supreme Council of Judges(Conseil
supérieur de la magistratures), and finally issue a presidential decree of
their appointment upon the approval of theSupreme Council of Judges.(3)

(1) Association nationale des juges de proximité: http://www.anjp.fr/qu-est-ce qu-

juge-proximité.htm/.
(2) The nearby courts are as the Courts of Farm Leases, Courts of Social Insurance,
and Labor Councils are formed from a mixed of non-professional and professional
judges.However, The Commercial Courts are confined tonon-professional judges.
For more information, see Emam, S. (2005). Towards Judges' Specialization
System. Dar El-Nahada El-Arabia, pp. 61-74. The Commercial Courts under the
French Law. Dar El-Nahada El-Arabia, 2014.
(3) Law on the organization of the job of judges of the nearby courts, issued in
February 26, 2003.

www.ejles.com - 688-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

The recently appointed judges shall take a training course on the mission
and tasks assigned to them prior to carrying out their jobs(1).However, a
judge may be exempted therefrom by theSupreme Council of Judgesif he
has a distinguished prior judicial experience.
– Term of Appointment
The judges of the nearby courts are appointed for a term of 7
unrenewable years till reachingthe age of 75 years. They can resign by
virtue of a request submitted totheSupreme Council of Judges or be
discharged thereby under the relevant law.
–Continuing Professional Development
All the judges of the nearby courtseven those exempted from the
preparatory course shall attend a course organized by the National
Judicial College (Ecole Nationale de la Magistrature)to gain the
theoretical and practical bases of the judiciary work. The course includes
the judge's conduct, procedural rules, the art of writing and
editingjudgments, and hearing management.
The professional development continues along the judge's work for
the 7 years. The judge attendsa mandatory annual 5-day course in the first
three years. The goals of the continuing training courses are to:
1) grasp the ethics of the judicial work,
2) apply the law and follow the sound procedures,
3) respect the individual freedom,
4) ensure their independence, fairness, and objectivity.
Extra Work Duties
The judges of the nearby courtsare part-timer (temps partiel)
whocan doanother jobat the same time provided that both are not
contradicting (e.g. general agency, public service, mediation, and public

(1) La loi organique no2007-287 du mars 2007 sur le statut de la magistrature et a

institué un stage probatoire obligatoire.

www.ejles.com - 689-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

prosecution). Everyone works in this field is not entitled to be a judge of

the nearby courts. However, lawyers, authorized agents, notary public,
process servers, the Commercial Court registrars, syndics, the judicial
liquidators, and the administrative staff of the Ministry of Justice are
entitled to be a judge of a nearby court of first instance of different
territorial jurisdiction.(1)Therefore, the applicant should expressly state
the nature of his current profession to prove that it will not prevent him
from being fair, independent, and objective. Furthermore, a judge of the
nearby courtsmay not settle disputes personally relevant to himor to
hisprofession (2).

(1)Le juge de proximité " un citoyen au service de justice". Sites internet "association
national des juges de proximité +: http: www.an JP. Fr.
(2)A. Art 2 al3 du décret no78-381 du 20 mars 1978 et Art. R. 15-33-33 du code de
procédure pénale.

www.ejles.com - 690-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Consideration:
Under Decree no. 17 of 2007,a judge of a nearby court is entitled a
consideration up to Euro 2000 annually. Being a voluntary work, this
consideration has grossly underestimated their precious efforts.
Legal Status:
Law no. 153 of 2003 has organized the legal status of the judges of
the nearby courts. They arepart-timers appointed for a term of 7
unrenewable years. Being a voluntary work and receiving underestimated
consideration, they do another job in addition to their job as judgesof the
nearby courts. Moreover, unlike judgesof the ordinary courts,they may
not holda law degree or be promoted. However, they enjoy certain
privileges and immunities similar to those of the professional judges
(L'absence d'avancement).(1) For example, judges of the nearby courts
1) may only be legally discharged,
2) are subject to the legal supervision of the president of the Appeal
Court and the judge of the district court located in his jurisdiction,
3) are subject to effective evaluation and follow up by the president of
the court of first instance,
4) may be disciplined in case of technical and professional invalidity
before a committee of the Supreme Council of Judges competent to
legally question professional judges(2).
Jurisdiction:
Law no. 47 of 2005 set forth the nearby courts' terms of reference
as follows:

(1) Roger Perrot: Institution judicaire, 12ed 2006, Montchrestien, p 109

(2) Haddad sabine, juge de proximité: une suppression différée à janvier 2017, site –
internet: http: //www. Conseil juridique. Net – 1372. Htm.

www.ejles.com - 691-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

1) Subject Matter Jurisdiction:

Civil Claims: the nearby courts have subject matter jurisdiction over the
civil claims. However, they are not competent to consider the summary
proceedings or the counter claims that fall within the specific jurisdiction
of other courts.Broadly speaking, the nearby courts are competent to
consider
o Claims and immovable claimsnot exceeding the value of Euro 4000
against natural persons (personnes physiques) whether the pleading
submitted are in connection to the personal or the professional life,
o Claims brought against legal persons like a company or an organization
(Personnes morales),
o Unassessable claims not exceeding the value of Euro 4000 (e.g. breach
of a sale agreement),
o Writs of performance not exceeding the value of Euro 4000,
o Conciliation agreements not exceeding the value of Euro 4000,
o Lease claims not exceeding the value of Euro 4000.
Criminal Claims
The nearby courts have the jurisdiction to consider crimes related
to press freedom, defamation claims, and misdemeanors not exceeding
Euro 750.
2) Local Jurisdiction
Under Article R231-6 of the Judiciary Act, the nearby courts'
territorial jurisdiction over civil claims follows the applicable rules of the
district courts. Hearings may be held in important neighborhoods and
rural areas if need be.
Procedures:
The procedural rules of the district courts are followed before the
nearby courts. Though the judges are independent, they may refer the
case to the district courts for considering serious legal issues(Difficulté

www.ejles.com - 692-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

juridique sérieuse). Hearings may be held in the courtroom or in any other

place (Des Audiences foraines). The plaintiff may apppear before the
court with or without a representative (a lawyer) without a power of
attorney or a private proxy. Nonetheless, spouse, parents, or relatives of
first, second, and third degree may apppear before the court on behalf of
the plaintiff with a power of attorney or a private proxy. The judge shall
respect the oral advocacy, the confrontation between the opposing parties,
and the sound procedures of serving the legal documents.
Legal Force of Judgments:
Following the hearings and the litigants' oral arguments, the judge
may immediately or afterward decide the case no later than the legal term
of 3 months commencing from the date of the end of the procedures. The
judgment is final and irrevocable and shall be sent to each party. If the
non-prevailing party wilfully rejects to execute the judgment, the
prevailing party may arbitrarily execute the judgment with the assistance
of the officer of enforcement.
Challengability of Judgments:
The decision made by the nearby courts is unchallengeable
unlessthe claim is non-pecuniary.However, the decision is challengeable
by non-ordinary methodsstipulated in law as follows:1) a motion for
reconsideration in case of cheating, deception, and fraud; and 2)
challenge through cassation as stated by law.(1)
Evaluation of and the French Attitude Toward the Nearby Courts (2)
Establishing the nearby courts was widely accepted and promoted at the
outset by French theorists for being a respond to the constitutional call

(1) La procédure devant le juge de proximité: www. Demander justice. Com /

juridiction-proximité.
(2) Les juridictions et juges de proximité " leur rôle concret en matière d'accès à la
justice des petites litiges civils centre de Recherches critiques sur le droit,
Décembre 2008.

www.ejles.com - 693-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

and the legal principle – easy-access to justice – according to which

litigants can easily access to nearby courts and no longer encounter
transportation problems.
In addition, the nearby justice is not only physically but also
emotionally close to litigants. Judges can easily communicate with
litigants and move to different areas to solve the dispute as arises.
Therefore, the judgment is completely fair and practically reflects the
core of the issue. Nevertheless, the nearby justice, asstated by the
theorists, suffers many drawbacks as follows:
 The nearby courts are composed of non-professional judges.Holding
non-law degree adversely affectedtheir legal ability and qualification,
regardless of any preparation or training received at the National
Judicial College following the acceptance of working as a judge in the
nearby courts.(1)
 Insufficiency and non-objectivity of criteria set forth by law no. 153 of
2003 on working as a judge in the nearby courts causing partiality and
courtesy.(2)
 Inavailability of the nearby courts' judges andperforming two jobs or
professions at the same time aroused suspicions and doubts. Despite
restrictions set by the legislature on managing two jobs, these
restrictions are not sufficient and do not guarantee the objectivity,
independence, and impartiality of judges.
 No-professionalism and inexperience of the nearby courts' judges were
clearly obvious in their inability to run, manage, and conduct the
hearings.(1)

(1) J.S. Boedels, le costume de juge de proximité, gaz. Pal mai- juin 2003, Doct. 1472.
(2) Le conseil constitutionnel, commentaire sur cette loi, J.C.P.No10 mars 2003,
Actualité 123-127.

www.ejles.com - 694-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

 Lack of privacy in the litigation procedures as compared to the district

courts. However, the nearby courts follow all the rules governing the
district courts (e.g. the procedures, the judges' panels, having secretary
and registrar, holding hearings everywhere as the dispute may be, and
conciliation). Hence, the nearby justice is not distinct as per the type of
disputes authorized to consider.
 The district court's judge may replace the nearby courts' in case of
absence, excuse, or failure to reach the equilibrium. The judge run the
hearing in its capacity as a district court (2)
 Insufficiency of judges employed in the nearby courts owing tothe
overall decrease in the number of applicants to this job.Of paramount
factors isthe underestimated salary paid to the judges. Notably, it is a
voluntary work that takes time and effort beside their main job.
 Failing to decide and lacking the profound legal knowledge and
practice, judges of the nearby courts may recourse to the ones of the
district courts in case of a claim of a critical legal issue or a serious
legal interpretation or in case of a contract dispute (3). The judge of the
nearby courts may, automatically or upon a request by either party,
authorize the district courts' judge to consider and decide said cases (4).
 Territorially and emotionally close justice to litigants is achieved
through judges of high legal experience and expertise capable of

(1) Martine Fabre et Vincente Fortier, le juge de proximité, une nouvelle offre de
justice: Droit et justice, printemps- Eté, 2007."Points négatifs peuvent être soulevés
quant au deroulement et a` l`organisation de audiences".
(2) L'art. 232 -2 c.org. Jud. (Mod par la loi du 9 mars 2004 décide que en cas
d'absence ou d'empêchement du juge de proximité ou lorsque le nombre de juges
de proximités révélée insuffisant ; le juge d'instance exercice Les fonctions de juge
de proximité."
(3) Les juridictions et juges de proximité " leur rôle concret en matière d'accès à la
justice des petites litiges civils centre de Recherches critiques sur le droit,
Décembre 2008. ".
(4) M.ch.lebreton " la justice de proximité. Un premier bilan pessimiste"l'art.231-5
c.org jud. D. 2004, Chron. 2808.

www.ejles.com - 695-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

deciding critical and significant legal issues (trops ardus).Particularly,

daily small claims can be solved by a district court judge dedicated to
this mission without the need to a judge of the nearby
courts(1).Furthermore; the nearby courts do not have distinctive
procedures far cry of those of the district courts for resolving such
claims.
In response to this objective criticism derived from the rules
governing these courts in terms of formation, terms of reference, and lack
of legal experience and expertise; legal theorists called to cancel the
nearby courts. Accordingly, the French legislature promptly issued
Article no., Law 1862 of 2011 on ceasing the operation of the nearby
courts as of the early of January, 2013 as amended to the early of January,
2015, then to the early of January, 2017. The district court and the small
claims courts are competent to consider the cases of the nearby courts in
which case the judges of the nearby courts not satisfying the legal term of
employment will work as judicial officer at the first instance courts with
limited competence. In addition, the president of the court may assign
easy legal tasks to the judge that concur with their limited legal
knowledge.
The district courts in France are currently competent to consider
small claims not exceeding Euro 4000. Theycame back again achieving
the same objectives and characteristics of the easy procedures and
affordable costs.

(1)N.G., "controverse autour de la qualité des juges de proximité" in le Monde, 16

févr. 2005, p. 6.

www.ejles.com - 696-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Third: Emirates Experience

One-day Courts forConsideringSmall Commercial and Civil Disputes
Within the framework of the principle of easy-access to justice and
the idea of establishing courts close to litigants, Decree no. 38 of 2016 on
establishing the one-day courts was issued by the president of the
Judiciary council, Raas El-Khima Emirate and entered into force at the
early of January, 2017. The decree incudes formation, procedures, and the
legal force of judgments as follows:
 Formation:One or more district court shall be established of one
judge working at the courts of first instance.
 Pecuniary Jurisdiction: The one-day court shall consider the
commercial and civil claims not exceeding AED 20000. The court
shall be competent to hear all types of commercial and civil claims
unless otherwise stated by law or the claim fall within the specific
jurisdiction of other courts as long as the value of the case does not
exceed the court's monetary threshold.
 Litigation Procedures:Under Article 3, litigation shall electronically
be proceeded from filing and registering the complaint andsummoning
the defendants.The court shall consider the claim and hear litigants at
the same day.
 Considering the Claim: The court shall consider the claim taking into
consideration the procedural rules of publicity, freedom of defense,
equality between parties, disclosing legal documents and information
of both, and providing each party ample time to respond. The judge
then shall consider the claim, prepare the legal interpretation, and hear
the litigants in the same hearing or later on in a number of hearings as
the case may be and as justice requires. Deciding the claim, the judge
shall determine the fees of the claim and the fees of execution, and

www.ejles.com - 697-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

designate the party obligated to pay or exempted therefrom under law

or a decree.
 Legal Force and Execution of Judgments: Under Article 5 of the
abovementioned decree, the judgment shall be final, binding by the
force of law, unchallengeable though rendering from a court of first
instance, and arbitrarily enforceable.
The judge of execution in the court of first instance shall be
competent to enforce judgments rendering from the one-day courts and
consider the summary and ordinary proceedings of the disputes.
Undoubtedly, establishing courts to consider small civil claims in
one day(1)or a few days,characterized by easy and quick procedures for
optimum qualityis another step toward effective justice. Yet, success of
such courts depends on the quality and support of the judicial service
which require providing training, technical skills, and professional
development to the judicial officers and judges, use of high-end
technology, recruiting professional and qualified judges, and updating the
legal information retrieval.
Broadly speaking, the one-day courts shall objectively be evaluated
following a reasonable period of time through the type and number of
cases considered and the nature of judgment rendered and executed.

(1)Today's courts resembles Lithoniacourts of summary proceedings which is

competent to promptly settle commercial disputes in the place of the dispute. Such
courts were established in France in the fifteenth century to settle commercial
disputes in the great state fairwhere the dispute arises. Theyachieved great success
and therefore became ordinary courts competent to consider commercial disputes,
follows certain procedures and ends with a judgment – for further information, see
Emam, S. (2014). The Commercial Courts under the French Law. Dar El-Nahada
El-Arabia. pp. 24-25.

www.ejles.com - 698-
 2017 ‫ﻴﻭﻨﻴﻭ‬ (‫ ﺍﻟﺠﺯﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‬- ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺭﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺴﻊ‬

Conclusions
In sum, the present research discussed three judicial experiences of
procedural legal rules in different countries. The rules aim at granting
easy access to justice by establishing courts close to litigants (e.g. the
district and family courts of Egypt, the nearby and district courts of
France, and the one-day courts of Emirates).Partiallyfailed, such attempts
reflect the legislatures' intentions to grant the right of litigation through
effective mechanisms of justice such as establishing nearby courts of
litigants. The courts save costs and efforts of transportation and ensure
quick settlement of disputes owing to their jurisdiction over small claims
and disputes which require less time and effort. Consistently, the
Egyptian legislature shall reconsider the rules and procedures governing
litigation in Egypt, eliminate defects thereof, enforce existing legislative
texts, think twice prior to modernizing existing legislation or adopting
other countries' procedural rules, and structurally, administratively,
technologically, and technically reform justice.

www.ejles.com - 699-